UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended: September 30, 2000
Commission File Number: 0-18059
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Massachusetts 04-2866152 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Identification Number) |
140 Kendrick Street, Needham, MA 02494
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(781) 370-5000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Section 12(g) of the Act: None Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (Title of Class) |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has (i) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (ii) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [_]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
The aggregate market value of our voting stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $3,303,192,083 on October 31, 2000 based on the last reported sale price of our common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market on that day. There were 268,279,560 shares of our common stock outstanding on that day.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held February 15, 2001 (2001 Proxy Statement) are incorporated by reference into Part III.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR FISCAL YEAR 2000
Table of Contents
Page ---- PART I. Item 1. Business............................................................................... 1 Item 2. Properties............................................................................. 6 Item 3. Legal Proceedings...................................................................... 6 Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.................................... 6 PART II. Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.................. 7 Item 6. Selected Financial Data................................................................ 7 Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.. 7 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk............................. 22 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............................................ 23 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure... 23 PART III. Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..................................... 23 Item 11. Executive Compensation................................................................. 24 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management......................... 25 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions......................................... 25 PART IV. Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K........................ 25 Signatures............................................................................. 26 Exhibit Index.......................................................................... 27 APPENDIX A Consolidated Financial Statements...................................................... F-1 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................. F-5 Report of Independent Accountants...................................................... F-23 Five Year Summary of Selected Financial Data........................................... F-24 Quarterly Financial Information........................................................ F-24 |
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about our anticipated financial results and growth, as well as about the development of our products and our markets, which are based on our plans and assumptions. Important information about the basis for these plans and assumptions and certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from these statements is discussed in this report and contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" beginning on page 7 below.
PART I
ITEM 1: Business
Introduction
Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC), founded in 1985 and headquartered in Needham, MA, develops, markets and supports collaborative product commerce (CPC) software solutions that help companies manage the product development process in order to better shape innovation and achieve sustained competitive advantage. These solutions, which include a suite of flexible engineering MCAD tools and a range of Internet-based collaboration technologies for both enterprise and exchange level solutions, leverage our leadership in providing software that streamlines engineering processes, improves product quality, optimizes product information management and reduces cost and time-to-market cycles. Our CPC software solutions are complemented by the strength and experience of our Global Services Organization, as well as our systems integrators and other strategic partners, who provide training, consulting, implementation and support to customers worldwide.
Our CPC solutions include software and services that use Internet-based architecture to permit individuals using different computer-based tools in different locations with different roles in the commercialization of a product to collaboratively develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. CPC subsumes many smaller, previously isolated markets that address various phases of the product lifecycle, such as product data management (PDM), component and supplier management (CSM), visualization and digital mockup, mechanical computer-aided design, manufacturing and engineering (MCAD), enterprise application integration (EAI), program and project management, manufacturing planning and maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO).
Our flexible engineering MCAD solutions, based on our flagship Pro/ENGINEER(R) design software, provide our customers with industry-leading product development and engineering solutions. MCAD has been our core business focus; however, we believe there is growing demand for a broader suite of solutions from manufacturers who, in order to stay competitive, must deliver more custom- tailored goods faster and at lower prices while relying more than ever before on geographically dispersed and dynamic supply chains. In order to pursue this opportunity, we have expanded our focus to encompass the collaborative solutions offered by our Windchill(R) software. This expanded CPC focus allows us to increase the business impact our customers derive from our flexible engineering solutions and provides our customers with the additional tools they need to elevate their products into enterprise assets and to leverage these assets into new business opportunities.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2000 we reorganized to provide more discrete product line focus and to improve our overall profitability. The reorganization resulted in the creation of the Windchill Solutions and MCAD Solutions business units. Each unit is responsible for research and development, marketing, professional services, customer support and indirect sales. All of our solutions continue to be distributed primarily through our direct sales force. Within our direct sales force, there are geographic divisions focused both on the domestic market and on sales outside of the United States. Each division, in turn, is further divided into two groups based on account type, with one group focusing on major accounts and the other on all other (primary) accounts. Moreover, we are attempting to broaden our indirect distribution channel and, toward that end, have formed alliances with systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and entities with complementary software products. In fiscal 2000, we began working on a new initiative, called Windchill Netmarkets(TM), that enables us
to address opportunities to utilize our Windchill technology in the business- to-business exchange marketplace. This initiative was integrated into our Windchill Solutions business unit in November 2000.
Products and Services
Our family of MCAD flexible engineering software solutions encompasses a broad spectrum of engineering disciplines essential to the development of virtually all manufactured products, ranging from consumer products to jet aircraft. Manufacturers compete on the basis of cost, time to market and product performance criteria, which are significantly affected by the quality and length of the product development process. These tools offer high-performance, fully integrated solutions available on all leading hardware platforms, including Windows(R) native solutions, that enable end-users to reduce their time to market and manufacturing costs for their products and to improve product quality by easily evaluating multiple design alternatives and sharing data with bi-directional associativity. Our MCAD suite includes:
Pro/ENGINEER--our cornerstone mechanical design automation suite for 3D solid modeling with next generation behavioral modeling technology. Behavioral modeling is a knowledge management capability that provides a unique method of capturing engineers' innovations by generating objective- driven design solutions that then may be automatically optimized and re- used on subsequent designs. Pro/ENGINEER is based on the industry's most robust, parametric, feature-based solid modeler--enabling changes made during the design process to be associatively updated throughout the design. These features, along with its "Certified for Microsoft(R) Windows 2000" user-interface, allow companies to create more innovative, differentiated and functional products more quickly and easily than ever before. In addition to these Pro/ENGINEER Design Solutions, the suite offers Pro/ENGINEER Production Solutions (Pro/NC), which provide intelligent production and manufacturing tools, and Pro/ENGINEER Shipbuilding Solutions, which make available Pro/ENGINEER's associative features with industry specific functionality.
Pro/MECHANICA(R)--our functional simulation software allows users to evaluate and optimize the mechanical performance of product designs in real-world situations, reducing the need for expensive physical prototypes and enhancing overall product quality.
DIVISION(TM)--our suite of visualization solutions ranging from readily deployable 2D and 3D viewing and redlining, to digital virtual mockup, behavior simulation and total-body virtual reality immersion.
ICEM(TM) Styling and Surfacing (including CDRS(TM))--provides advanced interactive tools for free-form surface and shape modeling, from industrial design to production surface development and engineering. ICEM Surf is a premier Class A surface modeling product used in the automotive industry by nearly all major manufacturers for modeling high-quality, Class A surfaces as well as in the industrial design, tool design and consumer product markets. CDRS is a complete set of integrated tools for quickly creating realistic images with free-form surfaces that can be used throughout the product design cycle to evaluate, explore and communicate ideas to management and clients.
InPart(R)--our Internet-based library of CAD parts containing 2D and 3D geometry, technical specifications and component selection software that allows mechanical engineers to download over one million certified part designs via the Internet, saving valuable time and expense.
Pro/INTRALINK(R)--our workgroup management solution for product development using Pro/ENGINEER. It lets Pro/ENGINEER users facilitate design team collaboration and manages the power of Pro/ENGINEER associativity. Its dynamic collaborative environment supports Pro/ENGINEER's rapid and effective design approach.
Pro/DESKTOP(TM)--our conceptual engineering solution which allows users to easily explain design possibilities and rapidly capture ideas right at the beginning of the product development process.
CADDS(R)5i--our 3D mechanical design software, originally developed by Computervision Corporation, offers production-proven product development tools spanning concept, design, analysis, drafting and manufacturing. It is used by many of the world's largest discrete manufacturing companies for the design and engineering of airplanes, ships and automobiles.
MEDUSA(R)--our world-class 2D detailing and design documentation solution with specific applications focused on plant design and electrical and process related diagrams.
DIMENSION(TM) III--our comprehensive core product for plant design. Available in both two-dimensional and three-dimensional versions, DIMENSION III facilitates concurrent design engineering and quick access to model data information.
Our MCAD solutions benefit from the unique level of interoperability provided by our Associative Topology Bus (ATB) technology which allows for the exchange of data between various CAD tools without the loss of any design geometry. When changes occur, the ATB propagates those changes through the other MCAD solution members, automatically updating affected deliverables, such as drawings and tooling.
Our Windchill enterprise suite is a comprehensive set of business software solutions for CPC. Built around Windchill's federated, Web-based architecture, these solutions enable manufacturers to leverage the Internet in their product development and delivery process from customer driven engineer-to-order through development, manufacturing and retirement. Windchill enables manufacturers to create innovative new products, deliver those products to market faster and manage the complexities of an evolving supply chain. Windchill's core capabilities include:
Collaboration. Provides an environment where businesses can share valuable product and process information throughout the extended enterprise, regardless of where that information resides or in what format it is.
Product Planning. Enables businesses to meet the increasing demand for custom-tailored products while minimizing the overall number of product variations. This is accomplished by providing the means to define flexible engineered-to-order products, supply customer-specific portals and easily identify existing variations for future reuse.
Engineering. Optimizes the product innovation and design environment to reduce concept-to-design cycle times and improve team collaboration by linking directly with the engineering team using MCAD interface and PDM tools.
Sourcing. Gives manufacturers the ability to reduce global procurement and product development costs by standardizing and consolidating part and supplier information. The solution enables companies to identify re-usable parts, commercially available solutions and preferred sources.
Product Management. Offers a complete set of enterprise scalable PDM functionality to promote concurrent engineering and to create a single source of product information available to all functional organizations, facilitating product change management throughout the entire product life cycle.
Manufacturing. Integrates a company's product development and design with its manufacturing processes by creating and maintaining detailed process plans and executing production analysis and process simulation. This solution allows companies to increase information capture and reuse, optimize manufacturing processes and share this knowledge across the enterprise.
Production. Integrates Windchill with market-leading enterprise resource planning systems allowing the exchange of valuable product-related information including part masters, bills of material and engineering change information, between Windchill and those systems.
Customization. Lets manufacturers rapidly create and deploy customized Windchill lifecycle applications allowing them to leverage their own internal processes and practices into a competitive advantage.
Windchill Netmarkets, which is based on the Windchill collaboration technology, provides collaborative product development capabilities on Internet exchanges, portals and marketplaces. The solution permits all members of a globally dispersed design chain (customers, suppliers, partners and internal product teams) to connect beyond the corporate firewall on a self-service project basis. Exchanges powered by Windchill Netmarkets may be either public (available to the general commercial community to provide project management capabilities) or private (sponsored by a single company or consortium for managing specific collaboration projects with certain invitees). The Windchill standards-based architecture permits the Windchill Netmarkets solution to provide a flexible project environment that facilitates efficient communication of high-level project management activities. Project leaders can create dynamic management teams, establish business processes and roles, and define and track project tasks, milestones and deliverables while utilizing automated processes such as change management, escalation policies and requests for information/quotation/proposal (RFI/RFQ/RFP).
Our CPC solutions are complemented by our systems integrators, resellers and strategic partners, as well as our Global Services Organization (GSO), which is committed to providing the expertise needed to meet the consulting, education and technical support requirements of every type of company and user--in seven major support centers and more than 70 educational facilities worldwide. Our GSO, which has been one of the fastest growing areas of our business, focuses on:
Consulting Services designed to transform a company's business process into a competitive advantage by evaluating and recommending the tools and practices needed to create more productive engineering and information management environments, including long-range planning, process improvement, system implementation and product program strategies.
Education Services offering expert, comprehensive and efficient training programs for our entire product line tailored to the needs of each student and combining hands-on and classroom training.
Technical Support Services providing fast, accurate answers to software and product development questions through a variety of resources which are available worldwide.
Product Development
In order to be competitive in the CPC marketplace, we must continually provide our customers with new software and service solutions. As a result, we have increased our spending on research and development, and we are constantly looking for opportunities to acquire new technologies suited to our customers' needs.
Our ability to rapidly develop new MCAD products that provide for flexible engineering is facilitated by the modular structure of our software code, which enables functional capabilities used in existing products to be accessed and utilized by new software modules, thereby reducing the amount of new code required to develop additional products. The major benefit of this approach is rapid development of new functionality. Our Windchill products expand the breadth of our offerings allowing a comprehensive CPC solution. The developing CPC industry is characterized by new technologies, including Internet-centric, Java-based, object-oriented software. The Windchill products depend upon these new technologies as well as certain licensed third-party technologies.
We work closely with our customers to define improvements and enhancements to be integrated into our products. Using this approach, customers become involved in the product design process to validate feasibility and to influence functionality early in the product's life cycle. In addition, we maintain an Enterprise Software Partners program (successor to our Cooperative Software Program) and a Windchill Technology Partner program. These programs are designed to provide partners with access to our Windchill and MCAD products and provide the mechanism and environment to facilitate the integration of complementary products with our product lines. Through our open software toolkits, program members can build tightly integrated solutions that satisfy the various requirements of our customers.
Our fiscal year research and development expenses were $93.2 million in 1998, $124.1 million in 1999 and $143.8 million in 2000.
Sales and Marketing
We derived most of our revenue from products distributed directly by our sales force to our end-user customers with the remainder offered through third-party distributors. We also began offering some of our MCAD products over the Internet during fiscal 2000. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in any of the last three fiscal years.
Within our direct sales force, we have created geographic divisions focused on the domestic market and on sales outside the United States. Within these geographic divisions there are both major and primary accounts focused units. In addition, we are broadening our indirect distribution channel through alliances with systems integrators, resellers and other strategic partners. The systems integrators, which include Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting), Atos Origin, Deloitte Consulting and Computer Science Corporation, will work in tandem with our direct sales force to locate and target potential CPC opportunities. We have also signed an agreement with Rand A Technology Corporation (Rand) as a distributor of our core flexible engineering MCAD products. This agreement gives Rand the rights to distribute certain products and their related maintenance services throughout North America, Europe and parts of Asia/Pacific.
Information about our foreign and domestic operations and export sales, and the risks thereof, may be found in Note M to the consolidated financial statements and the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" beginning on page 7 below.
Competition
CPC is a relatively new industry, and there are a number of companies offering solutions that address specific functional areas within CPC such as: Agile Software Corp., Dassault Systemes, MatrixOne and Structural Dynamics Research Corporation for PDM solutions; i2 Technologies Inc. for part sourcing solutions; and Dassault Systemes and Engineering Animation, Inc. for visualization and mock-up solutions. We also face competition from companies that are developing these solutions in-house. In addition, larger, better-known enterprise-solution companies with established customer bases may enter the CPC market and offer more complete solutions. There are also an increasing number of competitive MCAD products. In our traditional MCAD market, we compete most directly with products developed by Dassault Systemes and marketed by IBM and products developed by Unigraphics and Structural Dynamics Research Corporation. For smaller manufacturing businesses, we, along with our resellers, compete with products from companies like Solidworks, a subsidiary of Dassault Systemes, and Autodesk, Inc.
Proprietary Rights
Our software products and our other trademarks, including our company names, product names and logos, are proprietary. We protect our intellectual property rights in these items by relying on copyrights, trademarks, patents and common law safeguards, including trade secret protection, as well as restrictions on disclosures and transferability contained in our agreements with other parties. Despite these measures, there can be no assurance that the laws of all relevant jurisdictions will afford adequate protection to our products and other intellectual property. The software industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding copyright, patent and other intellectual property rights. While we have not, to date, had any significant claims of this type asserted against us, there can be no assurance that someone will not assert such claims against us with respect to existing or future products or other intellectual property or that, if asserted, we would prevail in such claims. In the event a lawsuit of this type is filed, it could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not we ultimately prevail.
We believe that, due to the rapid pace of innovation within our industry, factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel are as important to establishing and maintaining a technology leadership position within the industry as are the various legal protections surrounding our technology. We believe that our products, technology and trademarks do not infringe any existing proprietary rights of others, although there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims in the future. Certain of our
products also contain technology developed and licensed from third parties. We may likewise be susceptible to infringement claims with respect to these third party technologies.
PTC, Parametric Technology Corporation, Pro/ENGINEER, Windchill, Windchill Netmarkets and all product names in the PTC product family are trademarks or registered trademarks of PTC or our subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.
Backlog
We generally ship our products within 30 days after acceptance of a customer purchase order and execution of a software license agreement. Accordingly, we do not believe that our backlog at any particular point in time is indicative of future sales levels.
Employees
As of September 30, 2000, we had 4,725 employees, including 1,702 in sales, marketing and support activities; 1,405 in customer support, training and consulting; 430 in general and administration; and 1,188 in product development. Of these employees, 2,142 were located throughout the United States and 2,583 were located in foreign countries.
ITEM 2: Properties
In December 1999, we sold land and certain improvements under construction and entered into a lease covering approximately 381,000 square feet of office space in Needham, MA to consolidate and replace our Waltham, MA operations. Our corporate offices currently occupy 210,000 square feet in the new Needham facility and we expect to occupy the remaining 171,000 square feet in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, subject to completion of construction. Occupancy and rent began in December 2000 and the lease expires in December 2012, subject to certain renewal rights.
We also lease 175 offices in the United States and internationally through our foreign subsidiaries, predominately as sales and/or support offices and for development work. Of our total of approximately 1,470,000 square feet of leased facilities, approximately 701,000 is located in the U.S. and 769,000 is located outside the U.S. Several of our leased facilities were acquired in our merger with Computervision, including 518,000 square feet of office space in Bedford, MA still under lease. Approximately 456,000 square feet is not used for our current operations and is primarily subleased to other entities. As described in Notes B and G to the consolidated financial statements, these facilities have been included in our restructuring provisions. We continue to engage in subleasing and early lease termination initiatives to employ alternate uses for these facilities. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our present needs.
ITEM 3: Legal Proceedings
Certain class action lawsuits were filed by shareholders in the fourth quarter of 1998 against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts claiming violations of the federal securities laws based on alleged misrepresentations regarding our anticipated revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 1998. An amended complaint, consolidating these lawsuits into one action, was filed in the second quarter of 1999, seeking unspecified damages. We believe the claims made in the consolidated action are without merit, and we intend to defend them vigorously. In the third quarter of 1999 we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action. We cannot predict the outcome of this motion or the ultimate resolution of this action at this time, and there can be no assurance that the litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
We are also subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. We currently believe that resolving these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
ITEM 4: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the last quarter of fiscal 2000.
PART II
ITEM 5: Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned "Quarterly Financial Information" on page F-24 below.
On September 30, 2000, our common stock was held by 6,565 shareholders of record. We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and have historically retained earnings for use in our business. We intend to review our policy with respect to the payment of dividends from time to time; however, there can be no assurance that any dividends will be paid in the future.
ITEM 6: Selected Financial Data
Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned "Five Year Summary of Selected Financial Data" on page F-24 below.
ITEM 7: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Introduction
In January 1998, we completed a merger with Computervision Corporation that has been accounted for as a pooling of interests. Accordingly, we have restated our consolidated financial statements to include the accounts and operations of Computervision for all periods prior to the merger presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Note B. This discussion and the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements (Notes) reflect that restatement. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to a year reflect our fiscal year that ends on September 30.
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about our anticipated financial results and growth, as well as about the development of our products and our markets, which are based on our plans and assumptions. Important information about the basis for these plans and assumptions and certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from these statements is contained below and in "Important Factors That May Affect Future Results" beginning on page 16.
Business Overview
Historically, our core business focus has been to provide MCAD solutions to customers through our flagship Pro/ENGINEER(R) design software, and we remain committed to providing our customers with industry leading flexible engineering solutions based on this software. Additionally, we believe that there is growing demand for additional collaborative product commerce (CPC) solutions from manufacturers who, in order to stay competitive, must deliver more custom- tailored goods faster and at lower prices while relying more than ever before on geographically dispersed and dynamic supply chains. These CPC solutions include software and services that utilize Internet technologies to permit individuals - no matter what role they have in the commercialization of a product, no matter what computer-based tools they use, no matter where they are located geographically or in the supply chain - to collaboratively design, develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. In order to pursue this opportunity, we expanded our focus in 1999 to encompass a complete CPC solution and introduced our Web-based Windchill(R) information management and collaboration software. We continued this CPC focus in 2000 and will do so for the foreseeable future. This expanded focus allows us to increase the business impact our customers derive from our flexible engineering MCAD solutions and provides our customers with the additional tools they need to elevate their products into enterprise assets and to leverage these assets into new business opportunities.
As a result of the difficulty we experienced in transitioning from a one product company to a multi-product company and in balancing our efforts between our traditional MCAD solutions business and our growing CPC
solutions business, in the third quarter of 2000 we reorganized ourselves to provide more discrete product line focus and accountability and to improve our overall profitability. The reorganization resulted in the creation of the following business units:
. Windchill Solutions. This business unit is responsible for expanding our reach in the CPC market in terms of product content, collaboration and sourcing services. It encompasses our efforts to develop new partnerships, business relationships and indirect channels of distribution in support of our web infrastructure efforts. Our Windchill exchange solutions, called Windchill Netmarkets(TM), provides these collaborative capabilities on Internet exchanges, portals and marketplaces, which, among other things, permits collaboration outside the corporate firewall.
. MCAD Solutions. This business unit is responsible for the Pro/ENGINEER product line as well as other applications within our MCAD suite of flexible engineering solutions. It focuses full-time on the needs of the MCAD marketplace.
Each unit is responsible for research and development, marketing, professional services, customer support and indirect sales. All of our solutions continue to be distributed primarily through our direct sales force. Within our direct sales force, there are geographic divisions focused both on the domestic market and on sales outside of the U.S. Each division, in turn, is further divided into two groups based on account type, with one group focusing on major accounts and the other on all other (primary) accounts. Moreover, we are attempting to broaden our indirect distribution channel and, toward that end, have formed alliances with systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and entities with complementary software products. In 2000, we began working on a new initiative, called Windchill Netmarkets, that enables us to address opportunities to utilize our Windchill technology in the business-to-business exchange marketplace. This initiative was integrated into our Windchill Solutions business unit in November 2000.
Results of Operations
The following is an overview of our results of operations for the last three years:
. Total revenue was $1,018.0 million for 1998, $1,057.6 million for 1999 and $928.4 million for 2000.
. Our year-over-year revenue increased 4% from 1998 to 1999 and decreased 12% from 1999 to 2000.
. Windchill revenue increased from $13.4 million in 1998 to $81.3 million in 1999 and to $174.7 million in 2000.
. MCAD revenue decreased from $1,004.6 million in 1998 to $976.3 million in 1999 and to $753.7 million in 2000.
. Income (loss) before extraordinary loss was $105.7 million in 1998, $119.3 million in 1999 and ($4.0) million in 2000.
. Pro forma net income, which excludes the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition and nonrecurring charges and the extraordinary loss, was $199.4 million in 1998, $184.4 million in 1999 and $38.9 million in 2000.
The following table shows certain consolidated financial data as a percentage of our total revenue for the last three years.
September 30, ---------------- 1998 1999 2000 ---- ---- ---- Revenue: License.................................................... 60% 53% 41% Service.................................................... 40 47 59 --- --- --- Total revenue............................................ 100 100 100 --- --- --- Costs and expenses: Cost of license revenue.................................... 2 1 2 Cost of service revenue.................................... 13 18 25 Sales and marketing........................................ 39 39 45 Research and development................................... 9 12 15 General and administrative................................. 6 6 8 Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets....... -- 2 4 Acquisition and nonrecurring charges....................... 10 5 2 --- --- --- Total costs and expenses................................. 79 83 101 --- --- --- Operating income (loss)...................................... 21 17 (1) Interest expense........................................... (1) -- -- Interest income............................................ 2 1 1 Other expense, net......................................... (1) (1) -- --- --- --- Income (loss) before income taxes............................ 21 17 -- Provision (benefit) for income taxes....................... 10 6 -- --- --- --- Income (loss) before extraordinary loss...................... 11 11 -- Extraordinary loss, net.................................... 2 -- -- --- --- --- Net income (loss)............................................ 9% 11% --% === === === Pro forma, excluding amortization of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition and nonrecurring charges and extraordinary loss: Operating income............................................. 31% 24% 6% Net income................................................... 20% 17% 4% |
Revenue
As a result of our expanded focus on providing CPC solutions, software and service revenue from our Windchill products grew to 19% of total revenue in 2000, up from 8% in 1999 and 1% in 1998. Overall, however, total revenue decreased 12% in 2000 compared to 1999 after an increase of 4% in 1999 compared to 1998.
License revenue decreased 8% in 1999 and 33% in 2000. Several factors, including those described below, contributed to these decreases. While we continue to derive our license revenue primarily from our MCAD software solutions, our Windchill software solutions are starting to comprise an increasing percentage of total license revenue. In order to meet what we believe is a large market opportunity for overall CPC solutions, over the past two years we have channeled significant resources into the Windchill product line. This emphasis on larger, more enterprise-wide solutions has resulted in longer and less predictable sales cycles and increased dependence on consummating larger transactions in general. The transfer of resources to Windchill also reduced the sales capacity for the MCAD product line and contributed to a loss of market share for MCAD.
In addition, we have experienced increased competition in the MCAD industry from native Windows(R)-based products offering more limited functionality at lower costs. In August 1998 we repackaged and repriced our
core Pro/ENGINEER design software. Due in large part to these factors, the average selling price of this software decreased by 16% in 1999 and 6% in 2000. We also experienced some weakness with existing customers in North America and Europe during 2000.
Furthermore, in order to better leverage the efforts of our direct sales force, in October 1998 we appointed Rand A Technology Corporation as our exclusive MCAD distributor to small businesses in the United States and Europe. Rand's performance was impacted by the transition required by this relationship and its level of revenue contribution has been lower than originally anticipated. Our results could be adversely affected if Rand is unable to achieve certain sales levels or make existing or future payments.
Due in large part to the factors described above, unit sales decreased 40% in 2000 compared to 1999 and increased 1% in 1999 compared to 1998. Additional factors affecting our revenues and operating results are listed under "Important Factors That May Affect Future Results" below.
We licensed over 90% of our products directly to end-user customers in each of the last three fiscal years. The balance was licensed through third-party distributors, primarily Rand. We expect the percentage of our MCAD products that we license through third-party distributors may increase in the future as we enter into new reseller and other distribution agreements.
Our service revenue is derived from the sale of software maintenance contracts and the performance of training and consulting services. Service revenue, which has a lower gross profit margin than license revenue, accounted for 40% of total revenue in 1998, 47% in 1999 and 59% in 2000. Service revenue increased 21% in 1999 and 11% in 2000. This increase is the result of growth in our installed customer base for both product lines and increased training and consulting services performed for Windchill customers. We expect service revenue to continue to increase in absolute dollars in 2001.
We derived 56%, 56% and 59% of our total revenue from sales to international customers in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Direct export sales were $115.2 million, $166.2 million and $81.5 million in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
[Chart Showing Revenue By Geography (in millions)]
1998 1999 2000 ---- ---- ---- U.S. $449.9 $464.4 $378.6 Europe 408.1 390.0 341.9 Asia/Pacific 160.0 203.2 208.0 |
Over the past year, we implemented a number of strategic actions designed to improve profitability and provide a foundation for growth. For example, in order to provide more discrete product line focus and accountability, in May 2000 we created separate business units with overall responsibility for the company's different product lines. We also have established several new alliances with leading systems integrators. In addition, in the fourth
quarter of 2000, we modified our arrangement with Rand to remove Rand's exclusivity in the small business segment while broadening Rand's distribution rights on a non-exclusive basis. This allows us to increase the number of distributors for our MCAD solutions to provide greater geographic coverage and specialized focus on discrete products. Between September 2000 and November 2000 we entered into arrangements with over twenty new distributors.
Looking forward, our overall revenue levels will be dependent on our ability to successfully balance our efforts between our traditional MCAD business and our growing Windchill business. Our challenge is to effectively manage and improve performance in our MCAD business while continuing to aggressively pursue a new product area that presents significant growth opportunities. Toward this end, we believe that our initiative in building separate business units and expanding our alliances and indirect distribution channels are having a positive impact on our transformation from a one product company to a multi- product company and will result in improved and more consistent performance. Factors affecting our revenues and operating results are listed under "Important Factors That May Affect Future Results" below.
Costs and Expenses
All cost and expense categories in 1998, 1999 and 2000 were impacted by the acquisition and/or nonrecurring charges taken in those periods. See Note B. Our operating expenses are based on anticipated future revenue and are relatively fixed for the short term. From the fourth quarter of 1998 through the second quarter of 2000 we had been incurring expenses that would have supported revenues in excess of the then current levels in order to implement our strategic initiatives, particularly as they related to our Windchill solutions. Given the lower than expected revenue in the first two quarters of 2000, we reduced our existing cost structure during the third quarter of 2000 to improve profitability (see "Nonrecurring Charges--Reorganization into Business Units" below).
Cost of License Revenue
Our cost of license revenue consists of costs associated with reproducing and distributing software and documentation and the payment of royalties. Cost of license revenue as a percentage of license revenue was 3% for both 1998 and 1999 and 4% for 2000. The increase in cost of license revenue as a percentage of license revenue is primarily a result of paying higher royalties to third parties for technologies used in connection with the Windchill products.
Cost of Service Revenue
Our cost of service revenue includes costs associated with training and consulting personnel, such as salaries and related costs and travel, and costs related to software maintenance, including costs incurred for customer support personnel and the release of maintenance updates. Cost of service revenue as a percentage of service revenue was 34%, 39% and 42% in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. This increase reflects our investment in the staffing necessary to support our new product offerings, principally our Windchill solutions.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing expenses primarily include salaries and benefits, sales commissions, travel and facility costs. These costs increased 3% in 1999 and 2% in 2000 primarily due to the growth of the sales force related to our Windchill solutions, partially offset by reductions associated with the sales force reorganizations. Total sales and marketing employees were 2,440 in 1998, 1,980 in 1999 and 1,702 in 2000. The higher costs in 1999 and 2000 are due to the higher average cost per sales employee, as we are hiring a more experienced CPC solutions focused sales force. International sales and marketing expenses represented 59% in 1998, 57% in 1999 and 58% in 2000 of total sales and marketing expenses.
Research and Development
Our research and development expenses consist principally of salaries and benefits, expenses associated with product translations, costs of computer equipment used in software development and facility expenses. Compared to the prior years, research and development expenses increased 33% in 1999 and 16% in 2000. The
increase in 1999 and 2000 is primarily attributable to our continued investment in Windchill solutions, as well as our InPart, Division and auxilium acquisitions in 1999. We expect our investment in research and development to increase in absolute dollars in 2001.
General and Administrative
Our general and administrative expenses include the costs of our corporate, finance, information technology, human resources and administrative functions. These costs increased 10% in 1999 and 13% in 2000. These increases represent our continued investment in information technology infrastructure, the integration of acquired companies and higher costs associated with increasing service revenue.
[GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
[Chart Showing Cost and Expenses (in millions)]
1998 1999 2000 ---- ---- ---- Cost of License Revenue $ 15.3 $ 16.5 $ 16.7 Cost of Service Revenue 140.6 191.1 228.3 Sales and Marketing 395.4 407.9 416.7 Research and Development 93.2 124.1 143.8 General and Administrative 57.0 62.9 71.3 Amortization of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 2.7 22.9 38.4 Acquisition and Nonrecurring Charges 105.8 53.3 21.5 |
Amortization of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
These costs represent the amortization of intangible assets acquired, including developed technology, goodwill, customer lists, assembled work force and trade names. The increase in amortization of $20.2 million in 1999 and $15.5 million in 2000 compared to the prior years resulted principally from our 1999 acquisitions of InPart, Division and auxilium.
Acquisitions
Computervision. In January 1998, we merged with Computervision Corporation by issuing 11.6 million shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common stock of Computervision. In connection with the merger, we incurred a nonrecurring charge of $76.8 million for merger-related integration, consolidation and transaction costs in the second quarter of 1998. The charge included $18.1 million of severance and termination benefits related to the elimination of approximately 450 positions, $12.7 million for the write-off of assets, $8.2 million for transaction costs, $17.4 million of contract costs associated with revised estimates, $7.2 million for the closing of leased facilities and $13.2 million of lease termination and other costs. For additional information see Note B.
ICEM. In June 1998, we acquired ICEM Technologies, a division of Control Data Systems, Inc. for $40.6 million in cash. Headquartered in Frankfurt, Germany, ICEM provides advanced surfacing and reverse engineering software tools used by body and styling engineers in the automotive and aerospace industries. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The amounts allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired less the liabilities assumed exceeded the purchase price by approximately $7.0 million. This excess value over the purchase price was allocated to reduce proportionately the values assigned to long-term assets and
purchased in-process research and development (R&D) in determining their values. The values assigned included $2.1 million for net assets acquired, $28.9 million for purchased in-process R&D, $8.0 million for developed technology, $1.6 million for an assembled workforce and $1.0 million for trade names.
InPart. In October 1998, we purchased InPart Design, Inc., a developer of DesignSuite, a Web-based repository of 3D mechanical component data, as well as the developer of enterprise software applications focused on Web-based component and supplier management, which was founded in 1996. We allocated the purchase price of $38.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimate of fair value. The values assigned included $741,000 for net liabilities assumed, $10.6 million for purchased in-process R&D, $4.1 million for developed technology, $1.1 million for customer lists, $200,000 for an assembled workforce and $300,000 for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $22.5 million.
Division. In March 1999, we purchased Division Group plc, a developer of enterprise product data visualization, simulation and integration tools. We allocated the purchase price of $48.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $555,000 for net assets acquired, $9.0 million for purchased in- process R&D, $3.3 million for developed technology, $2.0 million for customer lists, $970,000 for an assembled workforce and $2.5 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $29.8 million.
auxilium. In March 1999, we purchased auxilium inc., a developer of Web-based software tools for the integration of legacy systems, databases and applications, which was founded in 1997. We allocated the purchase price of $101.7 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $182,000 for net liabilities assumed, $18.6 million for purchased in-process R&D, $700,000 for developed technology, $5.0 million for customer lists, $630,000 for an assembled workforce and $6.0 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $70.9 million.
In the opinion of management, the purchased in-process R&D for the acquisitions of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, we recorded nonrecurring charges of $28.9 million during the third quarter of 1998 related to ICEM, $10.6 million in the first quarter of 1999 related to InPart and $27.6 million in the second quarter of 1999 related to Division and auxilium. The values assigned to purchased in-process R&D were determined by identifying research projects for which technological feasibility had not been established. The values of the purchased in-process R&D were determined by estimating the stage of completion, including consideration of the complexity of the work completed, the costs incurred and the projected costs to complete, the contribution of any core technology and other acquired assets and the projected product introduction dates, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the products developed and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. For each acquisition, the estimates were based on the following major assumptions:
ICEM:
. Revenue was estimated to grow at a compound rate of 33% over the first five years and 14% thereafter.
. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to decline from 20% to 10% through 2006 based on ICEM's average historical cost of revenue and reflect future economies of scale.
. Selling, general and administrative expenses were estimated to be 29% of revenue for all periods, consistent with ICEM's historical average.
InPart:
. Revenue was estimated to begin late in 1999 and to grow based on industry growth rates and InPart's specific product offerings.
. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to decline from 22% to 11% based on InPart's average historical cost of revenue and reflect future economies of scale.
. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were estimated to be 99% in 1999, reflecting an initial investment in the marketing of the in-process technology and declining to 40% thereafter. These amounts were based on industry average historical selling, general and administrative costs.
Division:
. Revenue was based on industry growth rates and Division's specific product offerings.
. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to be 15% based on Division's average historical cost of revenue.
. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were estimated to be 47% in 1999, reflecting an initial investment in the marketing of the in-process technology and declining to 41% thereafter. These amounts were based on industry average historical selling, general and administrative costs.
auxilium:
. Revenue was based on industry growth rates and auxilium's specific product offerings.
. Cost of revenue for the purchased in-process technology, expressed as a percentage of revenue, was estimated to be between 32% and 26% based on auxilium's average historical cost of revenue.
. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were estimated to be 53% in 1999, reflecting an initial investment in the marketing of the in-process technology and declining to 40% thereafter. These amounts were based on industry average historical selling, general and administrative costs.
The net cash flows also considered net working capital requirements and capital spending needs related to the purchased in-process technology. The rates used to discount net cash flows for the purchased in-process technology to its present value for the ICEM (24%), InPart (28%), Division (25%) and auxilium (26% to 30%) acquisitions were based on the weighted average cost of capital and took into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the purchased in-process technology for each acquisition. If these projects are not successfully developed, future revenue and profitability may be adversely affected, and the value of intangible assets acquired may become impaired.
Nonrecurring Charges
Sales Force Reorganizations. During the first quarter of 1999, we reorganized our sales force and, in connection with this action, incurred a restructuring charge of $3.2 million for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 170 people who were terminated during the first quarter of 1999 in accordance with management's plans. During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $5.8 million for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 150 people in connection with the integration of our sales and related support groups. All amounts related to terminated employees were paid in 1999.
Facility Consolidation and Asset Impairment. During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $1.4 million for the consolidation of certain excess leased facilities. Also, in the second quarter we recorded an impairment loss of $4.7 million on certain intangible assets related to our industrial design (CDRS) activities. Due to acquisitions and the development of new technology, the carrying value of these assets was impaired.
Reorganization into Business Units. During the third quarter of 2000, we recorded a $21.5 million nonrecurring charge primarily associated with our reorganization into business units and with the development and execution of management's plans to reduce our cost structure and improve profitability. The nonrecurring charge is comprised
of $11.9 million for severance and termination benefits of approximately 280 people who were notified or terminated during the third quarter of 2000 and $9.6 million for facility consolidations. Of the $21.5 million nonrecurring charge, $12.2 million was paid during 2000. We expect to pay $6.0 million over the next twelve months.
Interest Expense
Our interest expense in 1998 related primarily to debt incurred by Computervision prior to the merger that we paid off in the second quarter of 1998. See Note F.
Interest Income
Interest income relates to the earnings on the investment of our excess cash balance in various financial instruments. The 41% decrease in interest income in 1999 compared to 1998 resulted from lower average annual yields and lower average cash balances of approximately $140.0 million. The 17% increase in interest income in 2000 compared to 1999 resulted from higher average annual yields and higher average cash balances of approximately $24.0 million.
Other Expense
A large portion of our revenue and expenses is transacted in foreign currencies. In order to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, from time to time we engage in hedging transactions involving the use of foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts in the primary European and Asian currencies. Our other expense includes the costs of the hedging contracts, the gain or loss from the translation of results for subsidiaries for which the U.S. dollar is the functional currency and other charges incurred in connection with financing customer contracts. See Note A.
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax provision (benefit) rate was 48% in 1998, 34% in 1999 and (21)% in 2000. The higher effective tax rate in 1998 over the statutory federal tax rate (35)% was due primarily to the non-deductibility of certain expenses included in the acquisition of Computervision and nonrecurring charges. The lower effective tax rate in 1999 resulted primarily from the use of Computervision net operating losses, partially offset by the non- deductibility of certain acquisition-related charges and net operating losses of foreign entities which could not be benefited. The reduced effective tax rate benefit in 2000 resulted primarily from the non-deductibility of certain acquisition-related amortization and net operating losses of foreign entities which could not be benefited. On a pro forma basis, which excludes amortization of goodwill and intangible assets and acquisition and nonrecurring charges, our tax rate was 34% in 1998, 27% in 1999 and 29% in 2000. See Note E.
Extraordinary Loss
In connection with the Computervision merger, we assumed a revolving note payable and long-term debt obligations. During the second quarter of 1998, we paid $275.7 million for settlement of the outstanding note, debt obligations, accrued interest and related fees, and we incurred an extraordinary after-tax loss of $19.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and other prepayment costs associated with this debt. See Note F.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operating activities, the proceeds from our issuance of stock under stock plans and existing cash and investments provided sufficient resources to fund our employee base, capital asset needs, stock repurchases, acquisitions and financing needs, in all years presented.
As of September 30, 2000, cash and investments totaled $375.1 million, up from $353.9 million at September 30, 1999. The primary reasons for the increase in cash and investments during 2000 was $79.6 million of proceeds from issuance of common stock under our stock plans, cash provided by operating activities of $51.9 million and $30.8 million from the sale of land and certain improvements partially offset by the repurchase of $90.0 million of common stock and $37.0 million in expenditures to acquire property and
equipment. Our investment portfolio is diversified among security types, industries and individual issuers. Our investments are generally liquid and investment grade. The portfolio is primarily invested in short-term securities to minimize interest rate risk and to facilitate rapid deployment in the event of immediate cash needs.
Cash generated from operating activities was $181.9 million in 1998, $150.8 million in 1999 and $51.9 million in 2000, including cash expenditures for nonrecurring charges of $62.3 million in 1998, $34.2 million in 1999 and $30.3 million in 2000.
In 1998, 1999 and 2000, we acquired $35.8 million, $35.2 million and $37.0 million, respectively, of capital equipment consisting principally of computer equipment, software and office equipment. We spent $40.6 million in 1998, $72.9 million in 1999 and $7.9 million in 2000 to acquire businesses. In December 1999, we sold land and certain improvements under construction for $30.8 million and entered into an operating lease covering approximately 381,000 square feet of office space in Needham, MA to consolidate and replace our Waltham, MA operations. Our corporate offices currently occupy 210,000 square feet in the new Needham facility and we expect to occupy the remaining 171,000 square feet in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, subject to completion of construction. Occupancy and rent began in December 2000 and the lease expires in December 2012, subject to certain renewal rights. In the first half of 2001 we expect to make approximately $25.0 million of capital expenditures primarily for tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures related to the new facility.
We used net cash for financing activities in 1998, 1999 and 2000, primarily to repurchase $50.0 million, $90.0 million and $90.0 million, respectively, of our stock, and to pay off the Computervision debt in 1998 of $275.7 million. These expenditures were partially offset by proceeds of $70.4 million, $23.9 million and $79.6 million, in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, from the issuance of our common stock under our stock plans.
In September 1998, our Board of Directors authorized a plan allowing us to repurchase up to 20.0 million shares of our common stock. Through September 30, 2000, we purchased 18.7 million shares at a cost of $230.0 million. In July 2000 our Board of Directors authorized an additional 20.0 million shares to be repurchased. At September 30, 2000, 6.5 million shares were held in treasury. These repurchased shares and any future repurchases will be used to issue shares for stock option exercises, employee stock purchase plans and potential acquisitions.
We believe that existing cash and short-term investments together with cash generated from operations and the issuance of common stock under our stock plans will be sufficient to meet our working capital, financing and capital expenditure requirements through at least 2001.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In accordance with recently issued accounting pronouncements, we will be required to comply with certain changes in accounting rules and regulations. See Note A.
Important Factors That May Affect Future Results
The following are some of the factors that could affect our future results. They should be considered in connection with evaluating forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and otherwise made by us or on our behalf, because these factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements.
I. Operational Considerations
Our operating results fluctuate within each quarter and from quarter-to-quarter making our future revenues and operating results difficult to predict
While our sales cycle varies substantially from customer to customer, we usually realize a high percentage of our revenue in the third month of each fiscal quarter, and this revenue tends to be concentrated in the later part of that month. Our orders early in a quarter will not generally occur at a rate which, if sustained throughout the quarter, would be sufficient to assure that we will meet our revenue targets for any particular quarter. Moreover,
our reorganization into business units, our shift in business emphasis to a more solutions-oriented sales process--undertaken in part to increase our average order size--and our transition from a one product to a multi-product company have resulted in longer and more unpredictable sales cycles for products and services. Accordingly, our quarterly results may be difficult to predict prior to the end of the quarter. Any inability to obtain large orders or orders in large volumes or to make shipments or perform services in the period immediately preceding the end of any particular quarter may cause the results for that quarter to fall short of our revenue targets. In addition, our operating expenses are based on expected future revenue and are relatively fixed for the short term. As a result, a revenue shortfall in any quarter could cause our earnings for that quarter to fall below expectations as well. Any failure to meet our quarterly revenue or earnings targets could adversely impact the market price of our stock.
Other factors that may also cause quarter-to-quarter revenue and earnings fluctuation include the following:
. our sales incentive structure is weighted more heavily toward the end of the fiscal year, and the rate of revenue growth for the first quarter historically has been lower and more difficult to predict than that for the fourth quarter of the immediately preceding fiscal year;
. variability in the levels of professional service revenues and the mix of our license and service revenues;
. declines in license revenue may adversely affect the size of our installed base and our level of service revenue; and
. the increased utilization of third parties, such as systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and application service providers, as distribution mechanisms for our software products and related services, may lessen the control we have over any particular sales cycle.
In addition, the levels of quarterly or annual software or service revenue in general, or for particular geographic areas, may not be comparable to those achieved in previous periods.
We may not be able to implement new initiatives successfully
Part of our success in the past has resulted from our ability to implement new initiatives. Our future operating results will continue to depend upon:
. the successful implementation of a divisionalized business unit structure, including the realignment of internal functions, the management of divisionalized processes and effective mitigation of disruption that may result from organizational change;
. our ability to sustain the appropriate balance between our MCAD and Windchill businesses;
. our ability to appropriately allocate and implement cost cutting measures that increase profitability while maintaining adequate resources for effective and coordinated organizational performance;
. the success of our sales force reorganization initiatives, including:
-- our shift from point sales to solution sales,
-- the effectiveness of our organizational sales model,
-- the ability of our sales reps to learn and sell our products, and
-- Rands' and other distributors' ability to perform successfully in the MCAD arena;
. our ability to anticipate and meet evolving customer requirements in the CPC arena and successfully deliver products and services at an enterprise level;
. our ability to broaden indirect distribution channels through alliances with systems integrators, resellers, strategic partners and application service providers;
. our ability to develop Windchill Netmarkets opportunities; and
. our ability to identify and penetrate additional industry sectors that represent growth opportunities.
We may not be successful in integrating recently acquired businesses or products
We have increased our product range and customer base in the recent past due in part to acquisitions. We may acquire additional businesses or product lines in the future. The success of any acquisition may be dependent upon our ability to integrate the acquired business or products successfully and to retain key personnel and customers associated with the acquisition. If we fail to do so, or if the costs of or length of time for integration increase significantly, it could negatively affect our business.
We are dependent on key personnel whose loss could cause delays in our product development and sales efforts
Our success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, managerial and sales personnel. Competition for such personnel in the high technology industry is intense. We assume that we will continue to be able to attract and retain such personnel. The failure to do so, however, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We must continually modify and enhance our products to keep pace with changing technology, and we may experience delays in developing and debugging our software
We must continually modify and enhance our products to keep pace with changes in computer software, hardware and database technology, as well as emerging standards in the Internet software industry. Our ability to remain competitive will depend on our ability to:
. enhance our current offerings and develop new products and services that keep pace with technological developments through:
-- internal research and development,
-- acquisition of technology, and
-- strategic partnerships;
. meet evolving customer requirements, especially ease-of-use;
. provide adequate funding for development efforts; and
. license appropriate technology from third parties.
Also, as is common in the computer software industry, we may from time to time experience delays in our product development and "debugging" efforts. Our performance could be hurt by significant delays in developing, completing or shipping new or enhanced products. Among other things, such delays could cause us to incorrectly predict the fiscal quarter in which we will realize revenue from the shipment of the new or enhanced products and give our competitors a greater opportunity to market competing products.
We may be unable to price our products competitively or distribute them effectively
Our success is tied to our ability to price our products and services competitively and to deliver them efficiently, including our ability to:
. provide products with functionality that our customers want at a price they can afford;
. build appropriate direct distribution channels;
. utilize the Internet for sales; and
. build appropriate indirect distribution channels through Rand or others.
We depend on sales from outside the United States that could be adversely affected by changes in the international markets
A significant portion of our business comes from outside the United States. Accordingly, our performance could be adversely affected by economic downturns in Europe or the Asia/Pacific region. Another consequence of
significant international business is that a large percentage of our revenues and expenses are denominated in foreign currencies that fluctuate in value. Although we may enter into foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts to offset a portion of the foreign exchange fluctuations, unanticipated events may have a material impact on our results. Other risks associated with international business include:
. changes in regulatory practices and tariffs;
. staffing and managing foreign operations, including the difficulties in providing cost-effective, equity-based compensation to attract skilled workers;
. longer collection cycles in certain areas;
. potential changes in tax and other laws;
. greater difficulty in protecting intellectual property rights; and
. general economic and political conditions.
We may not be able to obtain copyright or patent protection for the software products we develop or our other trademarks
Our software products and our other trademarks, including our company names, product names and logos, are proprietary. We protect our intellectual property rights in these items by relying on copyrights, trademarks, patents and common law safeguards, including trade secret protection, as well as restrictions on disclosures and transferability contained in our agreements with other parties. Despite these measures, there can be no assurance that the laws of all relevant jurisdictions will afford adequate protection to our products and other intellectual property. The software industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding copyright, patent and other intellectual property rights. While we have not, to date, had any significant claims of this type asserted against us, there can be no assurance that someone will not assert such claims against us with respect to existing or future products or other intellectual property or that, if asserted, we would prevail in such claims. In the event a lawsuit of this type is filed, it could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not we ultimately prevail. Certain of our products also contain technology developed and licensed from third parties. We may likewise be susceptible to infringement claims with respect to these third party technologies.
II. MCAD-Related Considerations
Increasing competition in the MCAD marketplace may reduce our revenues
There are an increasing number of competitive MCAD products. Despite our belief that our products are technologically superior, some competitive products have reached a level of functionality whereby product differentiation is less likely, in and of itself, to dislodge incumbent MCAD systems, given the training and other startup costs associated with system replacement. Increased competition and market acceptance of these competitive products could have a negative effect on pricing and revenues for our products, which could have a material adverse affect on our results.
In addition, our MCAD software is capable of performing on a variety of platforms. Several of our competitors focus on single platform applications, particularly Windows-based platforms. There can be no assurance that we will have a competitive advantage with multiple platform applications.
We continue to enhance our existing products by releasing updates. Our competitive position and operating results could suffer if:
. we fail to anticipate or to respond adequately to customer requirements or to technological developments, particularly those of our competitors;
. we delay the development, production, testing, marketing or availability of new or enhanced products or services; or
. customers fail to accept such products or services.
Growth in the MCAD industry appears to have slowed
Growth in certain segments of the MCAD industry appears to have slowed and, coupled with decreased functional differentiation among flexible engineering tools, may affect our ability to penetrate the market for new customers and recapture our market share. Over the long term, we believe our emphasis on CPC solutions will allow us to differentiate our flexible engineering products from the competition and invigorate sales of those products. However, the strategy may not be successful or may take longer than we plan. There could be a material adverse affect on our operating results in any quarter if these assumptions prove to be incorrect.
III. Windchill Strategy Considerations
We are implementing a new strategy to capitalize on an Internet-based, business-to-business market opportunity known as Collaborative Product Commerce (CPC). It may be that our assumptions about the CPC market opportunity are wrong, which could adversely affect our results
We have identified CPC as a new market opportunity for us, and have devoted significant resources toward capitalizing on that opportunity. CPC solutions include software and services that utilize Internet technologies to permit employees, customers, suppliers and others to collaboratively develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. Because the market for software products that allow companies to collaborate on product information on an enterprise-wide level is newly emerging and because companies have not traditionally linked customers and suppliers in this process directly, we cannot be certain as to the size of this market, whether it will grow, or whether companies will elect to utilize our products rather than attempt to develop applications internally or through other sources.
In addition, companies that have already invested substantial resources in other methods of sharing product information in the design-through-manufacture process may be reluctant to adopt a new approach that may replace, limit or compete with their existing systems or methods. We expect that we will continue to need to pursue intensive marketing and sales efforts to educate prospective customers about the uses and benefits of our products. Demand for and market acceptance of our products will be affected by the success of these efforts.
Our Windchill software, which is central to our CPC strategy, is relatively new and is not yet well established in the marketplace
The success of our CPC strategy will depend in large part on the ability of our Windchill solutions to meet customer expectations, especially with respect to:
. measuring and understanding the benefits of Windchill, including return on investment and value creation;
. ease of installation;
. ease of use;
. full capability, functionality and performance;
. ability to support a large, diverse and geographically dispersed user base; and
. quality and efficiency of the services we perform relating to implementation and customization.
The software is still relatively new. If our customers cannot successfully deploy large-scale implementation projects or if they determine that we or our partners are unable to accommodate large-scale deployments, our operating results may be affected.
In addition, implementing a Windchill software solution on an enterprise level takes longer and requires greater expertise than does installing our other products. Our Windchill software must integrate with existing computer systems and software programs used by our customers and their partners. Because we are one of the first companies to offer a CPC solution, many customers will be facing these integration issues for the first time, particularly in the context of collaborating with members of the extended enterprise, including customers and
supply chain partners. Our customers could become dissatisfied with our products or services if integrations prove to be difficult, costly or time consuming, and our operating results may be affected.
We intend to utilize third parties, such as system integrators, resellers, strategic partners and application service providers, for the distribution and implementation of Windchill software, which may result in management difficulties and customer retention problems
As an enterprise solution, Windchill may require large scale organizational implementations that in today's marketplace are often performed by third parties. We have entered into and are currently developing additional relationships with third parties and intend to continue to do so. Using third parties to both implement and promote our products can result in a reduction in our control to both drive the sales process and service our customers. In addition, the successful utilization of third parties will depend on:
. our ability to enter into definitive agreements with appropriate third parties that can deliver our products in appropriate markets;
. the third party's ability to learn, promote and implement our products; and
. the effective coordination and management of joint activities (including sales, marketing, development, implementation and support) in order to deliver products and services that meet customer requirements.
Competition among providers of CPC solutions may increase, which may reduce our profits and limit or reduce our market share
The market for CPC solutions is new, highly fragmented, rapidly changing and increasingly competitive. We expect competition to intensify, which could result in price reductions for our products and services, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our primary competition comes from:
. in-house development efforts by potential customers or partners;
. other vendors of engineering information management software; and
. larger, more well-known enterprise software providers seeking to extend the functionality of their products to encompass CPC.
In addition, our Global Services Organization may face increasing competition for follow-on customization services from other third-party consultants and service providers.
If use of the Internet does not continue to develop or reliably support the demands placed on it by electronic commerce, we may experience a loss of sales
Our success depends upon continued growth in the use of the Internet as a medium of commerce. Although the Internet is experiencing rapid growth in the overall number of users, this growth is a recent phenomenon and may not continue. Furthermore, the use of the Internet for commerce is still relatively new. As a result, a sufficiently broad base of companies and their supply chain partners may not adopt or continue to use the Internet as a medium of exchanging product information. Our CPC strategy would be seriously harmed if:
. use of the Internet does not continue to increase or increases more slowly than expected;
. the infrastructure for the Internet does not effectively support enterprises and their supply chain partners;
. the Internet does not create a viable commercial marketplace, thereby inhibiting the development of electronic commerce and reducing the demand for our products; or
. concerns over the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks inhibit the growth of the Internet as a means of conducting commercial transactions.
Our CPC strategy will also be seriously harmed if the Internet infrastructure is not able to support the demands placed on it by increased usage or the limited capacity of networks to transmit large amounts of data, or if delays in the development or adoption of new equipment standards or protocols required to handle increased levels of
Internet activity, or increased governmental regulation, cause the Internet to lose its viability as a means of communication between manufacturers and their customers and supply chain partners.
Our Windchill Netmarkets solutions provides CPC capabilities on Internet exchanges, portals and marketplaces. Accordingly, its success will be highly dependent upon the success of the Internet as a viable collaboration medium and on our successful development and integration of the technologies necessary to offer tools for exchanges, portals, and other forms of Net marketplaces that are acceptable to customers and suitable for the evolving nature of the Internet.
IV. Other Considerations
Our stock price, which may reflect an Internet valuation, has been highly volatile; this may make it harder to resell your shares at the time and at a price that is favorable to you
Market prices for securities of software companies have generally been volatile. In particular, the market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to significant fluctuations.
In addition, our expanded focus on delivering Internet-based solutions may cause us to be viewed, in part, as an Internet company. The trading prices of Internet stocks in general have been unusually high under conventional valuation standards such as price-to-earnings and price-to-sales ratios and have experienced fluctuations unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of ours, may not be sustained. Negative changes in the public's perception of the prospects of Internet or e-commerce companies, or of PTC as an Internet company, could depress our stock price regardless of our results.
Also, a large percentage of our common stock traditionally has been held by institutional investors. Consequently, actions with respect to our common stock by certain of these institutional investors could have a significant impact on the market price of the stock. For more information, please see our proxy statement with respect to our most recent annual meeting of stockholders and Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC with respect to our common stock.
We are currently defending a securities class action lawsuit in which we could be liable for damages
Certain class action lawsuits were filed by shareholders in the fourth quarter of 1998 against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts claiming violations of the federal securities laws based on alleged misrepresentations regarding our anticipated revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 1998. An amended complaint, consolidating these lawsuits into one action, was filed in the second quarter of 1999, seeking unspecified damages. We believe the claims made in the consolidated action are without merit, and we intend to defend them vigorously. In the third quarter of 1999 we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action. We cannot predict the outcome of this motion or the ultimate resolution of this action at this time, and there can be no assurance that the litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
ITEM 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We face exposure to financial market risks, including adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Our primary exposure has been related to local currency revenue and operating expenses in Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. Historically, we have hedged currency exposures associated with certain accounts receivable denominated in local currencies and certain anticipated foreign currency revenue transactions. The goal of our hedging activity is to offset the impact of currency fluctuations on certain local currency accounts receivable and foreign currency revenue transactions. The success of this activity depends upon forecasts of transaction activity denominated in various currencies. To the extent that these forecasts are overstated or understated during periods of currency volatility, we could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses. Outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at September 30, 2000 matured within three months, and did not have a material impact on our financial results.
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value at the balance sheet date due to the short maturities of these instruments.
We maintain investment portfolio holdings of various issuers, types and maturities. These securities are generally classified as available for sale, and consequently, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair market value with unrealized gains or losses included in stockholders' equity. Given the short maturities and investment grade quality of the portfolio holdings at September 30, 2000, a sharp rise in interest rates should not have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investment portfolio. As a result, we do not currently hedge these interest rate exposures.
The following table presents hypothetical changes in fair values in our financial instruments at September 30, 2000 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Our modeling technique measures the change in fair value arising from selected potential changes in interest rates. Movements in interest rates of plus or minus 50 basis points (BP) and 100 BP reflect immediate hypothetical shifts in the fair value of these investments. Fair value represents the market principal plus accrued interest and dividends of certain interest-rate-sensitive securities considered cash equivalents or investments for financial reporting purposes at September 30, 2000.
Valuation of Valuation of Securities given an Securities given an Type of Security interest rate decrease interest rate increase ---------------- ------------------------- No change in ------------------------ (100 BP) (50 BP) interest rates 50 BP 100 BP (in millions) ----------- ----------- -------------- ----------- ----------- Municipal debt securities............. $ 59 $ 58 $ 58 $ 58 $ 57 Mutual funds............ 68 68 68 68 68 Government agencies..... 19 19 19 19 19 ----------- ----------- ---- ----------- ----------- Total................. $ 146 $ 145 $145 $ 145 $ 144 =========== =========== ==== =========== =========== |
The Federal Reserve has adjusted the Federal Funds Rate by a 50 BP move nine times during the last 40 quarters, whereas they have never adjusted the Federal Funds Rate by a 100 BP move during the same period. The last 50 BP move occurred in May 2000.
ITEM 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements are attached as APPENDIX A below.
ITEM 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
PART III
ITEM 10: Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Information with respect to our directors may be found in the sections captioned "Proposal 1: Elect Two Directors" and "Who Are Our Directors" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Our executive officers are:
Name Age Position ---- --- -------- C. Richard Harrison..... 45 Chief Executive Officer and President Edwin J. Gillis......... 52 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer Barry F. Cohen.......... 56 Executive Vice President, Marketing James E. Heppelmann..... 36 Executive Vice President, General Manager--Windchill Solutions Jon R. Stevenson........ 40 Executive Vice President, General Manager--MCAD Solutions Trenton H. Brown........ 36 Executive Vice President, International Sales Paul J. Cunningham...... 38 Executive Vice President, Americas Sales David R. Friedman....... 39 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk Thomas L. Beaudoin...... 47 Senior Vice President, Finance |
Mr. Harrison has been Chief Executive Officer and President since March 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Harrison served as President and Chief Operating Officer since August 1994.
Mr. Gillis has been Executive Vice President since October 1996 and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since October 1995. Mr. Gillis had served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration from October 1995 to September 1996. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Gillis was Senior Vice President of Finance and Operations and Chief Financial Officer at Lotus Development Corporation from August 1991 until September 1995.
Mr. Cohen has been Executive Vice President, Marketing since January 1998. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Cohen was Senior Vice President, Human Development and Organizational Productivity at Computervision Corporation from November 1993 to January 1998.
Mr. Heppelmann has been Executive Vice President, General Manager-Windchill Solutions since November 2000. He had served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Windchill Netmarkets from July 2000 to November 2000 and Senior Vice President of Windchill from January 1998 to July 2000. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Heppelmann was Vice President of Marketing and Chief Technology Officer of Windchill Technology, Inc. from September 1997 to January 1998. From October 1992 to September 1997, he held various positions at Metaphase Technology Inc. including Chief Technology Officer.
Mr. Stevenson has been Executive Vice President, General Manager-MCAD Solutions since May 2000. Mr. Stevenson was Senior Vice President, Research & Development from March 1999 to May 2000 and was Senior Vice President, Designwave from January 1998 to March 1999. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Stevenson was employed by Computervision Corporation as Vice President, Research & Development from April 1996 to January 1998 and Director of Research and Development from February 1995 to April 1996.
Mr. Brown has been Executive Vice President, International Sales since July 2000. Mr. Brown was Divisional Vice President, Asia Pacific from April 2000 to July 2000 and Sector Vice President from October 1999 to April 2000. Prior to that, he was Area Vice President-Sales from October 1998 to October 1999 and Regional Director from April 1998 to October 1998. He also served as District Manager from December 1997 to April 1998. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Brown served as District Manager of Nalco Chemical Inc. from September 1989 to December 1997.
Mr. Cunningham has served as Executive Vice President, Americas Sales since July 2000 and from October 1998 to June 2000 he was Executive Vice President, Primary Sales. Mr. Cunningham was Senior Vice President, European Sales from April 1997 to October 1998 and Senior Vice President, North America West Sales from October 1996 to April 1997. Prior to that, he was Area Vice President- Sales from January 1996 to October 1996 and Vice President, Western Operations & Sales Development from October 1994 to January 1996.
Mr. Friedman has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk since October 1999. Mr. Friedman had served as Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk from October 1998 to September 1999 and as Associate Corporate Counsel from September 1996 to September 1998. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Friedman was a Partner at the law firm of Palmer & Dodge LLP from January 1994 to August 1996.
Mr. Beaudoin has been Senior Vice President, Finance since joining PTC in
October 2000. Prior to joining PTC, Mr. Beaudoin was Chief Financial Officer,
Infinite Supply at i2 Technologies Inc. from June 2000 to September 2000. Mr.
Beaudoin has served in the following positions at Compaq Computer Corporation:
Vice President Finance, Enterprise from July 1999 to June 2000; Vice President,
Services from January 1998 to July 1999; and, Vice President, Asia Pacific from
January 1995 to January 1998.
ITEM 11: Executive Compensation
Information with respect to executive compensation may be found under the headings captioned "How We Compensate Our Directors" and "Information About Executive Compensation" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Information with respect to security ownership may be found under the heading captioned "Information About PTC Common Stock Ownership" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Information with respect to this item may be found under the heading "Information About Certain Insider Relationships" appearing in our 2001 Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 14: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
(a) Documents Filed as Part of Form 10-K
1. Financial Statements
-- Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1999 and 2000
-- Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September
30, 1998, 1999 and 2000
-- Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000
-- Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years
ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000
-- Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years
ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000
-- Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
-- Report of Independent Accountants
2. Financial Statement Schedules -- Schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.
3. Exhibits -- As part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we hereby file and incorporate by reference the Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such Exhibits.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
None.
(c) Exhibits
As part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we hereby file the Exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index.
(d) Financial Statement Schedules
None.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 20th day of December, 2000.
Parametric Technology Corporation
By /s/ C. Richard Harrison ---------------------------------- C. Richard Harrison, Chief Executive Officer and President |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned officers and directors of Parametric Technology Corporation, hereby severally constitute Edwin J. Gillis and David R. Friedman, Esq., and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them, and each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below any and all subsequent amendments to this report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated below.
Signature Title Date --------- ----- ---- (i) Principal Executive Officer: /s/ C. Richard Harrison Chief Executive Officer December 20, 2000 -------------------------------- and President C. Richard Harrison (ii) Principal Financial and Accounting Officer: /s/ Edwin J. Gillis Executive Vice President, Chief December 20, 2000 -------------------------------- Financial Officer and Edwin J. Gillis Treasurer (iii) Board of Directors: /s/ Noel G. Posternak Chairman of the Board of December 20, 2000 --------------------------------- Directors Noel G. Posternak /s/ C. Richard Harrison Director December 20, 2000 --------------------------------- C. Richard Harrison /s/ Robert N. Goldman Director December 20, 2000 --------------------------------- Robert N. Goldman /s/ Donald K. Grierson Director December 20, 2000 --------------------------------- Donald K. Grierson /s/ Oscar B. Marx, III Director December 20, 2000 --------------------------------- Oscar B. Marx, III /s/ Michael E. Porter Director December 20, 2000 --------------------------------- Michael E. Porter |
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number ------- 2.1(a) -- Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of November 3, 1997 by and among Parametric Technology Corporation, PTC Acquisition and Computervision Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 4, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 2.1(b) -- Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of March 8, 1999 by and among Parametric Technology Corporation, Northstar Acquisition Corporation, auxilium inc. and the stockholders of auxilium inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 23, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1(a) -- Restated Articles of Organization of Parametric Technology Corporation adopted February 4, 1993 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1(b) -- Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization adopted February 9, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 4.1(b) to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-01297) and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1(c) -- Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization adopted February 13, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 4.1(b) to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-22169) and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1(d) -- Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization adopted February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 3.1(e) -- Certificate of Vote of Directors establishing Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (filed herewith). 3.2 -- By-Laws, as amended and restated, of Parametric Technology Corporation (filed herewith). 4.1 -- Rights Agreement effective as of January 5, 2001 between Parametric Technology Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (filed herewith). 10.1* -- Parametric Technology Corporation 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.2* -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10- Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.3* -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.4* -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1992 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.5* -- Parametric Technology Corporation 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.6* -- Computervision Corporation 1992 Stock Option Plan as amended September 15, 1994, April 18, 1995 and December 5, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Computervision Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 1-7760/0-20290) and incorporated herein by reference). |
Exhibit Number ------- 10.7* -- Amended and Restated Severance Agreement with Steven C. Walske dated March 1, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.8* -- Amended and Restated Severance Agreement with C. Richard Harrison dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.9* -- Amended and Restated Severance Agreement with Edwin J. Gillis dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.10* -- Severance Agreement with Barry F. Cohen dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.11* -- Severance Agreement with Paul J. Cunningham dated October 29, 1998 (filed herewith). 10.12* -- Severance Agreement with James E. Heppelmann dated May 18, 2000 (filed herewith). 10.13* -- Severance Agreement with Jon R. Stevenson dated May 18, 2000 (filed herewith). 10.14* -- Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated November 17, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.15* -- Amendment #1 to Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated May 15, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.16* -- Amendment #2 to Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated January 6, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.17* -- Amendment #3 to Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated July 20, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.18* -- Amendment #4 to the Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated February 11, 1999 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.19* -- Amendment #5 to the Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated February 10, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.20* -- Amendment #6 to the Consulting Agreement with Michael E. Porter dated September 14, 2000 (filed herewith). 10.21 -- Lease dated December 14, 1999 by and between PTC and Boston Properties Limited Partnership (filed herewith). 10.22 -- Lease dated May 22, 1987 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-31620) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.23 -- Lease Amendment No. 1 dated March 10, 1988 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference). |
Exhibit Number ------- 10.24 -- Lease Amendment No. 2 dated November 9, 1988 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.25 -- Lease Amendment No. 3 dated November 8, 1989 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.26 -- Lease Amendment No. 4 dated January 21, 1991 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.27 -- Lease Amendment No. 5 dated March 6, 1992 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1992 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.28 -- Lease Amendment No. 5A dated November 18, 1992 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1992 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.29 -- Lease Amendment No. 6 dated June 8, 1993 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.30 -- Lease Amendment No. 7 dated April 14, 1994 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1994 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.31 -- Lease Amendment No. 8 dated July 19, 1995 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.32 -- Lease Amendment No. 9 dated January 23, 1996 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 10.33 -- Lease Amendment No. 10 dated May 10, 1996 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.34 -- Lease Amendment No. 11 dated January 24, 1997 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.35 -- Lease Amendment No. 12 dated December 4, 1998 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.36 -- Lease Amendment No. 13 dated December 8, 1998 by and between PTC and the Trustees of 128 Technology Trust (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference). 10.37 -- Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between United Trust Fund Limited Partnership and (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Computervision Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 0-18059) and incorporated herein by reference). 21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Parametric Technology Corporation (filed herewith). |
Exhibit Number ------- 23.1 -- Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (filed herewith). 27.1 -- Financial Data Schedule for the year ended September 30, 2000 (filed herewith). |
APPENDIX A
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)
September 30, ------------------------ 1999 2000 ----------- ----------- ASSETS ------ Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents.......................... $ 239,789 $ 325,872 Short-term investments............................. 101,217 22,969 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,400 and $6,270..................... 221,889 183,804 Prepaid expenses................................... 47,068 47,727 Other current assets............................... 95,141 48,061 ----------- ----------- Total current assets............................. 705,104 628,433 Marketable investments............................... 12,889 26,300 Property and equipment, net.......................... 64,176 66,879 Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $20,464 and $45,771......................................... 113,011 88,034 Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $9,233 and $22,864.................. 53,836 43,645 Other assets......................................... 67,604 71,592 ----------- ----------- Total assets..................................... $ 1,016,620 $ 924,883 =========== =========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ------------------------------------ Current liabilities: Accounts payable................................... $ 40,879 $ 30,944 Accrued expenses................................... 67,135 46,200 Accrued compensation and severance................. 55,590 52,112 Deferred revenue................................... 213,059 231,495 Income taxes....................................... 80,520 1,601 ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities........................ 457,183 362,352 Other liabilities.................................... 38,333 33,989 Commitments and contingencies (Note G) Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; none issued........................... -- -- Common stock, $0.01 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; 272,277 and 276,053 shares issued..... 2,723 2,761 Additional paid-in capital......................... 1,583,846 1,641,513 Treasury stock, at cost, 2,113 and 6,456 shares.... (27,727) (66,647) Accumulated deficit................................ (1,022,357) (1,036,456) Accumulated other comprehensive loss............... (15,381) (12,629) ----------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity....................... 521,104 528,542 ----------- ----------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity....... $ 1,016,620 $ 924,883 =========== =========== |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)
Year ended September 30, ------------------------------ 1998 1999 2000 --------- --------- -------- Revenue: License....................................... $ 609,239 $ 561,220 $378,618 Service....................................... 408,731 496,381 549,796 --------- --------- -------- Total revenue.............................. 1,017,970 1,057,601 928,414 --------- --------- -------- Costs and expenses: Cost of license revenue....................... 15,299 16,508 16,718 Cost of service revenue....................... 140,625 191,147 228,266 Sales and marketing........................... 395,352 407,936 416,665 Research and development...................... 93,162 124,131 143,763 General and administrative.................... 57,031 62,852 71,263 Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets....................................... 2,715 22,888 38,432 Acquisition and nonrecurring charges (Note B). 105,766 53,347 21,534 --------- --------- -------- Total costs and expenses................... 809,950 878,809 936,641 --------- --------- -------- Operating income (loss)........................ 208,020 178,792 (8,227) Interest expense.............................. 13,329 622 367 Interest income............................... (19,131) (11,283) (13,228) Other expense, net............................ 9,815 8,211 9,701 --------- --------- -------- Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary loss............................ 204,007 181,242 (5,067) Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... 98,293 61,949 (1,087) --------- --------- -------- Income (loss) before extraordinary loss........ 105,714 119,293 (3,980) Extraordinary loss, net of income tax benefit of $2,183 (Note F)........................... (19,017) -- -- --------- --------- -------- Net income (loss).............................. $ 86,697 $ 119,293 $ (3,980) ========= ========= ======== Earnings (loss) per share (Note A): Basic: Income (loss) before extraordinary loss....... $ 0.39 $ 0.44 $ (0.01) Extraordinary loss............................ (0.07) -- -- --------- --------- -------- Net income (loss)............................. $ 0.32 $ 0.44 $ (0.01) ========= ========= ======== Diluted: Income (loss) before extraordinary loss....... $ 0.38 $ 0.43 $ (0.01) Extraordinary loss............................ (0.07) -- -- --------- --------- -------- Net income (loss)............................. $ 0.31 $ 0.43 $ (0.01) ========= ========= ======== |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Year ended September 30, ----------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 --------- -------- -------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net income (loss).............................. $ 86,697 $119,293 $ (3,980) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities: Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt......................................... 19,017 -- -- Non-cash portion of nonrecurring charges...... 15,876 4,693 2,499 Depreciation and amortization................. 29,930 62,283 78,769 Deferred income taxes......................... 5,526 (16,914) (4,838) Provision for loss on accounts receivable..... 5,822 4,445 7,589 Charge for purchased in-process research and development.................................. 28,941 38,244 -- Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash, net of effects of purchased businesses: Accounts receivable........................ 766 (35,393) 29,427 Accounts payable and accrued expenses...... (2,720) (35,663) (19,210) Accrued compensation and severance......... (10,999) (26,898) (7,218) Deferred revenue........................... 30,276 64,012 18,436 Income taxes............................... 19,387 16,556 (55,601) Other current assets....................... (32,841) (35,109) 6,245 Other noncurrent assets and liabilities.... (13,789) (8,708) (267) --------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by operating activities....... 181,889 150,841 51,851 --------- -------- -------- Cash flows from investing activities: Additions to property and equipment............ (35,794) (35,246) (37,032) Additions to other intangible assets........... -- (24,133) (2,784) Acquisitions of businesses..................... (40,599) (72,925) (7,922) Construction in progress....................... -- (28,284) (4,106) Proceeds from sale of construction in progress...................................... -- -- 30,836 Purchases of investments....................... (413,522) (95,416) (53,732) Proceeds from sales and maturities of investments................................... 593,406 196,918 115,262 --------- -------- -------- Net cash provided (used) by investing activities..................................... 103,491 (59,086) 40,522 --------- -------- -------- Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of common stock......... 70,440 23,866 79,621 Purchases of treasury stock.................... (49,972) (89,968) (90,020) Repayment of indebtedness...................... (275,694) -- -- --------- -------- -------- Net cash used by financing activities........... (255,226) (66,102) (10,399) --------- -------- -------- Elimination of net cash activity of acquired company for the three months ended December 31, 1997........................................... 11,567 -- -- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash......... (4,359) 8,165 4,109 --------- -------- -------- Net increase in cash and cash equivalents....... 37,362 33,818 86,083 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.... 168,609 205,971 239,789 --------- -------- -------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.......... $ 205,971 $239,789 $325,872 ========= ======== ======== |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)
Year ended September 30, ---------------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 ---------- ---------- ---------- Common stock Balance--beginning of year................ $ 2,680 $ 2,723 $ 2,723 Issued for employee stock purchase and option plans............................ 43 -- 38 ---------- ---------- ---------- Balance--end of year...................... 2,723 2,723 2,761 ---------- ---------- ---------- Additional paid-in capital Balance--beginning of year................ 1,450,132 1,528,647 1,583,846 Issued for employee stock purchase and option plans............................ 57,218 7,812 40,148 Tax benefit related to stock option plans................................... 21,297 2,500 17,519 Issuance of treasury stock for acquisitions............................ -- 44,887 -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Balance--end of year...................... 1,528,647 1,583,846 1,641,513 ---------- ---------- ---------- Treasury stock Balance--beginning of year................ (24,169) (43,134) (27,727) Repurchased.............................. (49,972) (89,968) (90,020) Issued for employee stock purchase and option plans............................ 31,007 42,117 51,100 Issuance of treasury stock for acquisitions............................ -- 63,258 -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Balance--end of year...................... (43,134) (27,727) (66,647) ---------- ---------- ---------- Accumulated deficit Balance--beginning of year................ (1,215,393) (1,123,399) (1,022,357) Net income (loss)........................ 86,697 119,293 (3,980) Treasury shares issued for employee stock purchase and option plans............... (14,913) (18,251) (10,119) Change in year end of acquired company... 20,210 -- -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Balance--end of year...................... (1,123,399) (1,022,357) (1,036,456) ---------- ---------- ---------- Accumulated other comprehensive loss Balance--beginning of year................ (8,699) (29,333) (15,381) Foreign currency translation adjustment.. (3,232) 3,596 2,483 Unrealized gain (loss) on investments.... 327 (478) 80 Minimum pension liability adjustment..... (17,729) 10,834 189 ---------- ---------- ---------- Balance--end of year...................... (29,333) (15,381) (12,629) ---------- ---------- ---------- Total stockholders' equity................ $ 335,504 $ 521,104 $ 528,542 ========== ========== ========== CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands) Year ended September 30, ---------------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 ---------- ---------- ---------- Comprehensive income: Net income (loss)......................... $ 86,697 $ 119,293 $ (3,980) ---------- ---------- ---------- Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax provision (benefit): Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of ($1,740), $1,936 and $1,337.................................. (3,232) 3,596 2,483 Unrealized gain (loss) on securities, net of tax of $176, ($257) and $43.......... 327 (478) 80 Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of ($2,744), $1,301 and ($170)... (17,729) 10,834 189 ---------- ---------- ---------- Other comprehensive income (loss)......... (20,634) 13,952 2,752 ---------- ---------- ---------- Comprehensive income (loss)............... $ 66,063 $ 133,245 $ (1,228) ========== ========== ========== |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business
Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC) develops, markets and supports collaborative product commerce (CPC) solutions that help manufacturing companies shape innovation and achieve sustainable competitive advantage in the Internet age. These B2B e-commerce solutions employ powerful Web-based collaboration and flexible engineering technologies to streamline product development and delivery processes. Our software solutions are complemented by the strength and experience of our Global Services Organization, which provides training, consulting, support, and e-commerce services to customers worldwide. With our CPC solutions, manufacturers can take advantage of the Internet to improve product quality, reduce costs and shorten time-to-market cycles. We operate in a single segment-computer software and related services.
Basis of Presentation
Our fiscal year-end is September 30. The consolidated financial statements include the parent company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including those operating outside the U.S. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the financial statements. Certain reclassifications have been made for consistent presentation. We prepare our financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles that require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and the related disclosures. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
As described in Note B, in January 1998, we merged with Computervision Corporation. The merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes have been restated for all prior periods presented.
Foreign Currency Translation
For our foreign operations where the functional currency is the local currency, we translate assets and liabilities at rates in effect at the balance sheet date and record translation adjustments in stockholders' equity. For our foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, we translate monetary assets and liabilities using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and nonmonetary assets and liabilities at historical rates and record translation adjustments in income. We translate income statement amounts at average rates for the period. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in other expense in the statement of income.
Revenue Recognition
Our revenue is derived from the licensing of computer software products and from service revenue consisting of training, consulting and maintenance. License revenue is recognized upon contract execution, provided all shipment obligations have been met, fees are fixed or determinable and collection is probable. Revenue from software maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the contract period. Revenue from consulting and training is recognized upon performance.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments
Our cash is invested in debt instruments of financial institutions, government entities, corporations and mutual funds. We have established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that maintain safety and liquidity. Our cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturity periods of three months or less when purchased. Our short-term investments include those investments with maturities in excess of three months but less than one year. Our marketable investments are those with maturities in excess of one year but less than two years. Our cash equivalents and short-term and marketable investments are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in the accumulated other
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
comprehensive loss component of stockholders' equity. We have not had any significant losses related to our investments.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to their short maturities. Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of investments, trade receivables and derivatives. Our cash, cash equivalents, investments and derivatives are held with financial institutions with high credit standings. Our customer base consists of large numbers of geographically diverse customers dispersed across many industries. As a result, concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is not significant except for a receivable from our preferred distributor, which accounts for 13% and 12% of total receivables as of September 30, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
Trade Accounts Receivable Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $7.7 million, $6.4 million and $6.3 million as of September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Uncollectible trade accounts receivable written-off, net of recoveries was $5.5 million, $5.7 million and $7.7 million for 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
Transfers of Financial Assets
We offer our customers the option to purchase software and services through payment plans, financing or leasing contracts. In general, we transfer future payments under certain of these contracts to financing institutions on a non- recourse basis. We record such transfers as sales of the related accounts receivable when we surrender control of such receivables under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.
Derivatives
Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments, such as foreign currency. We enter into derivative transactions, specifically foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts, to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The contracts are primarily in European currencies and Japanese yen and have maturities less than one year. Any derivative we enter into is designated at inception as a hedge of risks associated with specific assets, liabilities or future commitments and is monitored to determine if it remains an effective hedge. The effectiveness of the derivative as a hedge is based on changes in its market value being highly correlated with changes in market value of the underlying hedged items. We do not enter into or hold derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.
We use forward exchange contracts to hedge specific foreign currency denominated receivables. These contracts, which are one year or less in length, require us to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. dollars at maturity at rates agreed to at inception of the contracts. We enter into transactions denominated in foreign currencies and include the exchange gain or loss arising from such transactions in other expense. As of September 30, 1999 and 2000, we had approximately $190.0 million and $116.0 million, respectively, of forward contracts outstanding. Net unrealized and realized gains and losses associated with exchange rate fluctuations on forward contracts and the underlying foreign currency exposure being hedged were immaterial for all periods presented. Cash flows from forward contracts are classified with the related receivables.
From time to time, we purchase foreign exchange option contracts to limit potential losses from adverse exchange-rate movements on certain anticipated revenue transactions. Premiums to purchase option contracts
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
are capitalized in other assets and amortized to other expense over the life of the contract. Gains on option contracts, if any, are included in license and service revenue in the period in which the related local currency revenue is reported. There were no outstanding option contracts at September 30, 1999 or 2000.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight- line method over their estimated useful lives. Computer hardware and software are typically amortized over three to five years, and furniture and fixtures three to eight years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the related leases. Property and equipment under capital leases are amortized over the lesser of the lease terms or their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred; additions and improvements are capitalized. When an item is sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is relieved, and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in income.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets includes the values attributable to intangible assets acquired and are amortized using the straight-line method. Goodwill is amortized over five to seven years and other intangible assets, such as assembled workforces, customer lists and developed technology, are amortized over three to five years, and trademarks, which is also included in other intangible assets, are amortized over seven years.
Management regularly evaluates the net realizable value of long lived assets including property and equipment, computer software costs and goodwill and other intangible assets relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, budgets and economic projections.
Computer Software Costs
We incur costs to develop computer software to be licensed or otherwise marketed to customers. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing products are expensed in the period incurred, unless these costs qualify for capitalization. Capitalized computer software costs are amortized over the economic lives of the related products, typically three to five years, beginning at their initial shipment date. Net capitalized computer software costs are included in other assets and were immaterial at September 30, 1999 and 2000. Amortization charged to cost of license revenue was $521,000, $220,000 and $17,000 for fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
Income Taxes
Our income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes. Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of these differences are reported as deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized, net of valuation allowances, for the estimated future tax effects of deductible temporary differences and tax operating loss and credit carryforwards. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
Earnings Per Share (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding stock options using the "treasury stock" method. The following table, adjusted for stock dividends, presents the calculation for both basic and diluted EPS:
Year ended September 30, --------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 -------- -------- --------- (in thousands, except per share) Net income (loss)................................. $ 86,697 $119,293 $ (3,980) ======== ======== ========= Weighted average shares outstanding............... 268,977 269,526 273,081 Dilutive effect of employee stock options......... 8,287 5,549 -- -------- -------- --------- Diluted shares outstanding........................ 277,264 275,075 273,081 ======== ======== ========= Basic earnings (loss) per share................... $ 0.32 $ 0.44 $ (0.01) Diluted earnings (loss) per share................. $ 0.31 $ 0.43 $ (0.01) |
Options to purchase shares of our common stock of 11.7 million shares for 1998, 18.2 million shares for 1999 and 13.3 million shares for 2000 were outstanding but were not included in the computations of diluted EPS because the price of the options was greater than the average market price of the common stock for the period reported. For 2000, the dilutive effect of an additional 8.5 million shares was excluded from the computation of diluted EPS, as the effect was anti-dilutive with the net loss.
Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB No. 25), and related interpretations. Under APB No. 25, no compensation cost is recognized because the option price is equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. An alternative method of accounting is SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Under SFAS No. 123, employee stock options are valued at the grant date using a valuation model, and compensation cost is recognized ratably over the vesting period. The impact of recording stock-based compensation under the provisions of SFAS No. 123 is disclosed in Note J.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 133 requires companies to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments measured at fair value. The accounting for changes in fair value, gains or losses, depends on the intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation. In June 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities--an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 which amended SFAS No. 133 for a limited number of issues that have caused application difficulties. The statement is effective for all quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. We plan to implement SFAS No. 133 in our fiscal year 2001. The adoption of this statement will not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, which provides guidance related to revenue recognition based on interpretations and practices followed by the SEC. SAB 101 is effective for the fourth
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
quarter of our fiscal 2001. We do not expect the implementation of SAB 101 to have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. SFAS No. 140 provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. SFAS No. 140 replaces SFAS No. 125 but it carries over most of SFAS No. 125's provisions. The statement is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001. We believe the adoption of this statement will not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.
B. Acquisitions and Nonrecurring Charges
Acquisitions
Computervision
In January 1998, we merged with Computervision Corporation by issuing 11.6 million shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common stock of Computervision. In connection with the merger, we incurred a nonrecurring charge of $76.8 million for merger-related integration, consolidation and transaction costs, which are described in the acquisition and nonrecurring charges activity table below.
As our fiscal year-end differed from Computervision's, we combined financial
information for dissimilar year-ends. Computervision's results of operations
for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 were combined with our results of
operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997. In order to conform
Computervision's fiscal year-end to ours, Computervision's results of
operations for the three months ended December 31, 1997 were combined with our
results of operations for the three months ended January 3, 1998.
Computervision's net loss of $20.2 million for the three months ended December
31, 1997, which has been included in the consolidated statements of income for
the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 and the first quarter of fiscal 1998, has
been reflected as an adjustment to our beginning balance of fiscal 1998
accumulated deficit. Due to the change in Computervision's year-end, their cash
flow activity for the three-month period ended December 31, 1997 has been shown
as a separate component of the cash flow statement. Adjustments recorded to
conform Computervision's accounting policies to ours were not material to the
consolidated financial statements. The following table shows revenue and net
income of the separate companies during the period preceding the combination:
Three Months Ended January 3, 1998 ------------------ (in thousands) Revenue: Parametric Technology...................................... $223,007 Computervision............................................. 35,861 -------- Combined revenue............................................. $258,868 ======== Net income (loss): Parametric Technology...................................... $ 62,343 Computervision............................................. (20,210) -------- Combined net income.......................................... $ 42,133 ======== |
ICEM
In June 1998, we acquired ICEM Technologies (ICEM), a division of Control Data Systems, Inc., for $40.6 million in cash. Headquartered in Frankfurt, Germany, ICEM provides advanced surfacing and reverse-
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
engineering software tools used by body and styling engineers in the automotive and aerospace industries. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The fair value assigned to intangible assets acquired consisted of purchased in-process research and development (R&D), developed technology, an assembled workforce and trade names. The amounts allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired less the liabilities assumed exceeded the purchase price by approximately $7.0 million. This excess value over the purchase price was allocated to reduce proportionately the values assigned to long-term assets and purchased in-process R&D in determining their values. The values assigned included $2.1 million for net assets acquired, $28.9 million for purchased in- process R&D, $8.0 million for developed technology, $1.6 million for an assembled workforce and $1.0 million for trade names.
InPart
In October 1998, we acquired all of the outstanding stock in InPart Design, Inc. by issuing 2.0 million shares of our common stock. As of September 30, 1999, we issued 600,000 additional shares to satisfy certain contingent conditions, which were included in the purchase price described below. In addition, we reserved 386,000 shares of common stock for outstanding InPart options assumed. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price of $38.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $741,000 for net liabilities assumed, $10.6 million for purchased in- process R&D, $4.1 million for developed technology, $1.1 million for customer lists, $200,000 for an assembled workforce and $300,000 for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $22.5 million.
Division
In March 1999, we acquired Division Group plc for $37.3 million in cash and 593,000 shares of our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price of $48.1 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $555,000 for net assets acquired, $9.0 million for purchased in-process R&D, $3.3 million for developed technology, $2.0 million for customer lists, $970,000 for an assembled workforce and $2.5 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $29.8 million.
auxilium
In March 1999, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of auxilium inc. in exchange for 2.6 million shares of our common stock and $39.4 million in cash. In addition, we reserved 1.1 million shares of common stock for outstanding auxilium options assumed. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, we allocated the purchase price of $101.7 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on our estimates of fair value. The values assigned included $182,000 for net liabilities assumed, $18.6 million for purchased in-process R&D, $700,000 for developed technology, $5.0 million for customer lists, $630,000 for an assembled workforce and $6.0 million for trade names. The excess purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill of $70.9 million.
The operating results of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium have been included in our results of operations from the date of each acquisition. Our purchases of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium did not require the presentation of pro forma information.
In the opinion of management, the purchased in-process R&D for the acquisitions of ICEM, InPart, Division and auxilium had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. Accordingly, we recorded nonrecurring charges of $28.9 million during the third quarter of 1998 related to ICEM, $10.6 million in the first quarter of 1999 related to InPart and $27.6 million in the second quarter of 1999 related to Division
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
and auxilium. The values assigned to purchased in-process R&D were determined by identifying research projects for which technological feasibility had not been established. The values of the purchased in-process R&D were determined by estimating the stage of completion, including consideration of the complexity of the work completed, the costs incurred and the projected cost to complete, the contribution of any core technology and other acquired assets and the projected product introduction dates, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the products developed and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. The discount rates used included a factor that took into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the purchased in- process technology for each acquisition. If these projects are not successfully developed, future revenue and profitability may be adversely affected, and the value of intangible assets acquired, which aggregated $160.6 million at the time of acquisition, may become impaired.
Nonrecurring Charges
Sales Force Reorganizations
During the first quarter of 1999, we reorganized our sales force and, in connection with this action, incurred a restructuring charge of $3.2 million for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 170 people who were terminated during the first quarter of 1999 in accordance with management's plan. During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $5.8 million primarily for the severance and termination benefits of approximately 150 people in connection with the integration of our sales and related support groups. All amounts related to terminated employees were paid in 1999.
Facility Consolidation and Asset Impairment
During the second quarter of 1999, we incurred a restructuring charge of $1.4 million for the consolidation of certain excess leased facilities. Also, in the second quarter we recorded an impairment loss of $4.7 million on certain intangible assets related to our industrial design (CDRS) activities. Due to recent acquisitions and the development of new technology, the carrying value of these assets was impaired.
Reorganization into Business Units
During the third quarter of 2000, we recorded a $21.5 million nonrecurring charge primarily associated with our reorganization into business units and with the development and execution of management's plans to reduce our cost structure and improve profitability. The nonrecurring charge is comprised of $11.9 million for severance and termination benefits of approximately 280 people who were notified or terminated during the third quarter of 2000 and $9.6 million for facility consolidations. Of the $21.5 million nonrecurring charge, $12.2 million was paid through September 30, 2000. We expect to pay $6.0 million over the next twelve months.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
The following table summarizes all of our acquisition and nonrecurring charges activity:
September 30, ----------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 --------- -------- -------- (in thousands) Beginning balance............................... $ 70,983 $ 69,601 $ 45,860 --------- -------- -------- Charges to operations: Employee severance and termination............ 18,110 8,242 11,908 Purchased in-process R&D...................... 28,941 38,244 -- Asset write-offs.............................. 12,737 4,693 920 Facility closures and related costs........... 7,158 1,912 8,706 Additional costs to meet existing contract obligations.................................. 17,400 -- -- Transaction costs............................. 8,154 -- -- Lease terminations and other.................. 13,266 256 -- --------- -------- -------- Total charges to operations..................... 105,766 53,347 21,534 --------- -------- -------- Costs incurred: Employee severance and termination benefits... (22,753) (11,422) (9,934) Purchased in-process R&D...................... (28,941) (38,244) -- Asset write-offs.............................. (12,737) (4,693) (920) Facility closures and related costs........... (17,573) (17,475) (17,966) Additional costs to meet existing contract obligations.................................. (8,026) (4,100) (3,061) Transaction costs............................. (7,977) -- -- Lease terminations and other.................. (9,141) (1,154) (927) --------- -------- -------- Total costs incurred............................ (107,148) (77,088) (32,808) --------- -------- -------- Ending balance.................................. $ 69,601 $ 45,860 $ 34,586 ========= ======== ======== Cash expenditures: Employee severance and termination benefits... $ 22,753 $ 11,422 $ 8,354 Facility closures and related costs........... 17,573 17,475 17,966 Additional costs to meet existing contract obligations.................................. 8,026 4,100 3,061 Transaction costs............................. 7,977 -- -- Lease terminations and other.................. 6,002 1,154 927 --------- -------- -------- Total cash expenditures......................... $ 62,331 $ 34,151 $ 30,308 ========= ======== ======== Number of employee severances................... 450 320 280 ========= ======== ======== |
As of September 30, 2000, of the $34.6 million remaining in accrued acquisition and nonrecurring charges, $18.1 million was included in current liabilities and $16.5 million in other liabilities.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
C. Investments
The fair values of our investments have been determined through information obtained from market sources and management estimates. We use a specific identification cost method to determine the gross realized gains and losses on the sale of our securities. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments were immaterial for 1998, 1999 and 2000.
September 30, 1999 ----------------------------------------- Gross Gross Estimated Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair Cost Gains Losses Value --------- ---------- ---------- --------- (in thousands) Municipal debt securities............. $ 74,061 $76 $(225) $ 73,912 Mutual funds.......................... 14,909 -- -- 14,909 Commercial paper...................... 29,034 -- (18) 29,016 Government agencies................... 39,256 3 (21) 39,238 -------- --- ----- -------- Total investments..................... $157,260 $79 $(264) $157,075 ======== === ===== ======== Amounts included in: Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 42,969 $-- $ -- $ 42,969 Short-term investments.............. 101,355 77 (215) 101,217 Marketable investments.............. 12,936 2 (49) 12,889 -------- --- ----- -------- Total investments..................... $157,260 $79 $(264) $157,075 ======== === ===== ======== September 30, 2000 ----------------------------------------- Gross Gross Estimated Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair Cost Gains Losses Value --------- ---------- ---------- --------- (in thousands) Municipal debt securities............. $ 57,778 $25 $ (54) $ 57,749 Mutual funds.......................... 68,219 -- -- 68,219 Government agencies................... 18,767 11 (44) 18,734 -------- --- ----- -------- Total investments..................... $144,764 $36 $ (98) $144,702 ======== === ===== ======== Amounts included in: Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 95,433 $-- $ -- $ 95,433 Short-term investments.............. 23,000 23 (54) 22,969 Marketable investments.............. 26,331 13 (44) 26,300 -------- --- ----- -------- Total investments..................... $144,764 $36 $ (98) $144,702 ======== === ===== ======== |
D. Property and Equipment
Our property and equipment consisted of the following:
September 30, ------------------ 1999 2000 -------- -------- (in thousands) Computer hardware and software.............................. $104,817 $128,686 Furniture and fixtures...................................... 15,605 15,885 Leasehold improvements...................................... 14,651 16,671 -------- -------- Gross property and equipment................................ 135,073 161,242 Accumulated depreciation and amortization................... (70,897) (94,363) -------- -------- Net property and equipment.................................. $ 64,176 $ 66,879 ======== ======== |
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
Depreciation expense was $26.4 million in 1998, $33.3 million in 1999 and $35.9 million in 2000. There were no capital leases as of September 30, 1999 or 2000.
E. Income Taxes
Our income (loss) before taxes consisted of the following:
September 30, ---------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 -------- -------- -------- (in thousands) Domestic................................. $191,518 $211,580 $(22,801) Foreign.................................. 12,489 (30,338) 17,734 -------- -------- -------- Total.................................... $204,007 $181,242 $ (5,067) ======== ======== ======== Our provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following: September 30, ---------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 -------- -------- -------- (in thousands) Current: Federal................................ $ 70,787 $ 59,191 $ (9,046) State.................................. 10,756 9,250 (3,858) Foreign................................ 11,224 10,422 16,655 -------- -------- -------- 92,767 78,863 3,751 -------- -------- -------- Deferred: Federal................................ 4,806 (17,553) (8,028) State.................................. 720 (2,250) 4,301 Foreign................................ -- 2,889 (1,111) -------- -------- -------- 5,526 (16,914) (4,838) -------- -------- -------- Total provision (benefit) for income taxes.................................. $ 98,293 $ 61,949 $ (1,087) ======== ======== ======== The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax rate is shown below: September 30, ---------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 -------- -------- -------- Statutory federal income taxes........... 35% 35% (35)% State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit............................. 4 3 6 Tax exempt interest income............... (2) (2) (36) Benefit of foreign sales corporations.... (4) (1) (1) Valuation allowance...................... -- (9) (93) Acquisition-related charges.............. 11 7 157 Other, net............................... 4 1 (19) -------- -------- -------- Effective income tax rate................ 48% 34% (21)% ======== ======== ======== |
We paid $71.3 million in 1998, $57.7 million in 1999 and $52.0 million in 2000 for income taxes.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
The significant temporary differences that create deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below:
September 30, ------------------ 1999 2000 -------- -------- (in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Reserves not currently deductible......................... $ 2,407 $ 5,921 Restructuring reserves not currently deductible........... 9,503 14,673 Net operating loss carryforwards.......................... 91,569 84,980 Amortization of intangible assets......................... 15,679 10,435 Depreciation.............................................. 1,824 2,274 Other..................................................... 7,044 1,747 -------- -------- Gross deferred tax assets................................... 128,026 120,030 Valuation allowance......................................... (63,828) (59,137) -------- -------- Total deferred tax assets................................... $ 64,198 $ 60,893 -------- -------- Deferred tax liabilities: Investment in foreign subsidiaries........................ (28,512) (25,308) Deferred revenue.......................................... (2,585) (2,313) Other..................................................... (2,289) (7,298) -------- -------- Total deferred tax liabilities.............................. (33,386) (34,919) -------- -------- Net deferred tax assets..................................... $ 30,812 $ 25,974 ======== ======== |
For U.S. tax return purposes, net operating losses (NOLs) and tax credit carryforwards are generally available to be carried forward to future years. However, the Internal Revenue Code limits a corporation's use of NOLs and tax credits after a change of more than 50% of the ownership of the corporation. Our merger with Computervision in January 1998 changed their ownership more than 50%. This change limits our usage of the Computervision NOLs to $14.0 million per year and $196.0 million cumulatively through 2011, plus any built- in gains which existed at the time of the ownership change. There are other limitations imposed on the utilization of such NOLs that could further restrict the recognition of such tax benefits. We have foreign NOLs that are also subject to various limitations. Due to these limitations, we recorded a valuation allowance for the tax benefit of a majority of NOLs since realization of these future benefits was not sufficiently assured. During 1999 and 2000, we reduced our valuation allowance $22.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively, primarily due to anticipated future benefits from the utilization of certain NOLs in 1999 and 2000.
F. Debt
In connection with the Computervision merger, we acquired debt obligations, which were paid in full during the second quarter of fiscal 1998. The total cash outlay for settlement of these obligations plus accrued interest and related fees was $275.7 million. We incurred an extraordinary after-tax loss of $19.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and other prepayment costs associated with the payment of these debt obligations. We paid interest of $10.7 million in 1998 related to these debt obligations.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
G. Commitments and Contingencies
Leasing Arrangements
We lease office facilities and certain equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2014. In addition to rent, certain leases require us to pay directly for taxes, insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses. Lease expense, net of sublease income, was $45.0 million in 1998, $54.6 million in 1999 and $54.1 million in 2000. At September 30, 2000, our future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases with remaining terms of one or more years are as follows:
September 30, 2000 -------------- (in thousands) 2001.......................................................... $ 54,105 2002.......................................................... 43,077 2003.......................................................... 31,732 2004.......................................................... 24,211 2005.......................................................... 22,421 Thereafter.................................................... 122,882 -------- Total minimum lease payments.................................. $298,428 ======== |
As a result of Computervision's cost saving initiatives in prior years, our merger with Computervision and our cost saving initiatives in 1999 and 2000, certain leased facilities were considered excess. As of September 30, 2000 we had $24.9 million reserved for facility obligations in excess of sublease income.
In December 1999, we sold land and certain improvements under construction for $30.8 million and entered into an operating lease covering approximately 381,000 square feet of office space in Needham, MA that will allow us to consolidate and replace our Waltham, MA operations. Our corporate offices currently occupy 210,000 square feet in the new Needham facility and we expect to occupy the remaining 171,000 square feet in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, subject to completion. Occupancy and rent began in December 2000 and the lease expires in December 2012, subject to certain renewal rights. In the first half of 2001 we expect to make approximately $25.0 million of capital expenditures primarily for tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures related to the new facility. As of September 30, 2000, we have letters of credit outstanding of approximately $25.5 million primarily related to the lease of the new facility.
Legal Proceedings
Certain class action lawsuits were filed by shareholders in the fourth quarter of 1998 against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts claiming violations of the federal securities laws based on alleged misrepresentations regarding our anticipated revenue and earnings for the third quarter of 1998. An amended complaint, consolidating these lawsuits into one action, was filed in the second quarter of 1999, seeking unspecified damages. We believe the claims made in the consolidated action are without merit, and we intend to defend them vigorously. In the third quarter of 1999 we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action. We cannot predict the outcome of this motion or the ultimate resolution of this action at this time, and there can be no assurance that the litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
We are also subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. We currently believe that resolving these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
H. Stockholders' Equity
Preferred Stock
We may issue up to 5.0 million shares of our preferred stock in one or more series. Our Board of Directors is authorized to fix the rights and terms for any series of preferred stock without additional shareholder approval. As of September 30, 1999 and 2000, there were no outstanding shares of preferred stock.
In November 2000, our Board of Directors authorized and designated 500,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock for issuance pursuant to our Shareholder Rights Plan (discussed below in Note I).
Common Stock
Our Articles of Organization authorize us to issue up to 500 million shares of our common stock. Shares of common stock outstanding are shown below:
September 30, ------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 ------- ------- ------- (in thousands) Beginning balance.................................... 266,919 268,142 270,164 Common stock issued.................................. 4,310 -- 3,776 Treasury shares repurchased.......................... (4,734) (6,270) (7,727) Treasury shares issued............................... 1,647 8,292 3,384 ------- ------- ------- Ending balance....................................... 268,142 270,164 269,597 ======= ======= ======= |
On February 12, 1998, our Board of Directors declared a one-for-one stock dividend on our common stock to all stockholders of record on February 27, 1998. Our consolidated financial statements and notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock dividend.
In September 1998, our Board of Directors authorized a plan that allows us to repurchase up to 20.0 million shares. Through September 30, 2000, we repurchased 18.7 million shares at a cost of $230.0 million. Our treasury stock is held on a first in, first out cost basis. The repurchased shares are used to issue shares for stock option exercises, employee stock purchase plans and potential acquisitions. In July 2000, our Board of Directors authorized an additional 20.0 million shares to be repurchased.
I. Shareholder Rights Plan
In November 2000, our Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend distribution of one share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of our common stock to stockholders of record at the close of business on January 5, 2001. Each share of common stock newly issued after the date also will carry with it one Right. Each Right will entitle the record holder to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $60.00 per unit subject to adjustment. The Rights become exercisable ten (10) days after the earlier of our announcement that a person has acquired 15% or more of our outstanding common stock or an announcement of a tender offer which would result in a person or group acquiring 15% or more of our common stock; in either case, the Board of Directors can extend the 10 day period. If we have not redeemed or exchanged the Rights and a person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock (a "Triggering Event"), each holder of a Right will have the right to purchase shares of our common stock having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. If, at any time following the Triggering Event, we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which we are not the surviving corporation or more than 50% of its assets or earning power is sold to a person or group, each holder of a Right shall have the
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
right to purchase shares of common stock of the acquiring person, group or company having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. The Rights expire on January 5, 2011, and may be redeemed by us for $.001 per Right.
J. Stock Plans
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
We offer an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Under the plan offered through September 1999, up to 4.0 million shares of our common stock could be purchased at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the stock on the first or the last day of each six-month offering period. Each employee could have elected to have up to 10% of his or her base pay withheld and applied toward the purchase of shares in such offering, up to a maximum of ten thousand dollars withheld in any year. On September 16, 1999, our Board of Directors approved a new employee stock purchase plan that terminates on September 30, 2009 (the "2000 Plan"). The 2000 Plan qualifies as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and its terms are similar to the prior plan, except that employee purchases in any year are limited to the lesser of $25,000 worth of stock, determined by the fair market value of the common stock at the time the offering begins, or 15% of his or her base pay. We have reserved 2.0 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan. During fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000, employees purchased 677,000, 1.0 million and 757,000 shares at average prices of $11.36, $9.20 and $11.67, respectively. On November 17, 2000 the Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, an increase in the number of shares issuable under the 2000 Plan from 2.0 million shares to 10.0 million shares.
Stock Option Plans
We have stock option plans for employees, directors, officers and consultants that provide for issuance of nonqualified and incentive stock options. The option exercise price is typically the fair market value at the date of grant. These options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. As of September 30, 2000, 18.2 million shares were available for grant and 78.1 million shares were reserved for future issuance under stock option plans.
In conjunction with the Computervision merger on January 12, 1998, we reserved 1.6 million shares of our common stock for outstanding Computervision options assumed. These assumed options were granted at prices equal to the fair market value at the date of grant, become exercisable generally in annual installments over four to five years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
In July 1998, our Board of Directors approved a one-for-one stock option exchange program that provided employees the opportunity to exchange stock options previously granted for new options with a current market price and new vesting period. Executive officers and directors were not eligible to participate in the program. The new options were priced at $13.63 based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market on August 3, 1998, vest in equal installments over four years from the August 3, 1998 grant date and expire on August 3, 2008. A total of 20.0 million options with exercise prices ranging from $15.06 to $33.50 per share were exchanged under the program. The exchange of such options is presented in the following table of stock option activity as cancellations and subsequent grants:
September 30, ---------------------------------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- Weighted Weighted Weighted Average Average Average Exercise Exercise Exercise Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price ------- -------- ------ -------- ------- -------- (shares in thousands) Outstanding: Beginning balance........ 38,234 $18.67 48,888 $15.03 55,435 $14.52 Granted and assumed...... 40,190 17.91 17,169 13.28 21,413 13.41 Cancelled................ (24,254) 25.85 (8,564) 16.75 (10,429) 15.08 Exercised................ (5,282) 12.01 (2,058) 7.03 (5,800) 12.22 ------- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ Ending Balance........... 48,888 $15.03 55,435 $14.52 60,619 $14.30 ======= ====== ====== ====== ======= ====== Exercisable................ 11,418 $14.53 19,687 $14.50 23,110 $15.30 |
Certain employees have disposed of stock acquired through the employee stock purchase plan and the exercise of incentive stock options earlier than the mandatory holding period required for certain tax treatment. These dispositions, together with the tax benefits realized from the exercise of nonqualified stock options, create tax benefits that have been recorded as increases to additional paid-in capital.
For various price ranges, information for options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2000 was as follows:
Exercisable Outstanding Options Options ------------------------------------------- ------------------------ Weighted Weighted Weighted Average Average Average Remaining Exercise Exercise Shares Life (years) Price Shares Price ------ ------------ -------- ------ -------- (shares in thousands) $ 0.09- 9.34 13,128 8.60 $ 8.55 2,085 $ 6.75 9.35-13.19 11,343 7.88 11.16 4,656 10.68 13.20-13.63 11,709 7.85 13.62 5,324 13.62 13.64-15.69 10,660 7.93 15.24 4,106 15.13 15.70-24.00 11,660 7.41 21.14 5,944 21.26 24.01-72.55 2,119 7.38 28.14 995 29.04 ------ ---- ------ ------ ------ $ 0.09-72.55 60,619 7.93 $14.30 23,110 $15.30 ====== ==== ====== ====== ====== |
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
Valuation of Stock Plans
We have not recognized compensation expense in connection with stock option grants to employees, directors and officers under our plans. We have recognized compensation expense of $0 in 1998, $927,000 in 1999 and $652,000 in 2000 in connection with stock option grants to consultants as prescribed by APB No. 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation--an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25. However, had compensation expense for stock option and employee stock purchase plans been determined based on fair value at the grant dates as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, pro forma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been:
September 30, ------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 ------ ------- ---------- (in thousands, except per share amounts) Pro forma net income (loss).......................... $9,824 $32,848 $ (89,566) Pro forma earnings (loss) per share: Basic.............................................. $ 0.04 $ 0.12 $ (0.33) Diluted............................................ $ 0.04 $ 0.12 $ (0.33) |
The pro forma disclosures above include the amortization of the fair value of all options vested between 1996 and 2000, regardless of the grant date. If only options granted after 1996 were valued, as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, pro forma net income (loss) and pro forma diluted EPS would have been $22.4 million and $0.09 for 1998, $39.4 million and $0.14 for 1999 and $(89.6) million and $(0.33) for 2000. The effects on pro forma disclosures of applying SFAS No. 123 are not necessarily representative of the effects on pro forma disclosures of future years.
The fair value of options granted has been estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assuming the following weighted-average assumptions:
September 30, ---------------- 1998 1999 2000 ---- ---- ---- Expected life (years)......................................... 6.0 6.0 6.0 Risk-free interest rates...................................... 5.6% 5.0% 6.2% Volatility.................................................... 50% 50% 50% Dividend yield................................................ -- -- -- |
The weighted average fair value of employee stock options granted was $9.95 in 1998, $7.96 in 1999 and $7.46 in 2000. The expected life used for stock purchase plans was six months. The weighted average fair value of shares granted under the stock purchase plan was $7.77 in 1998, $3.80 in 1999 and $4.10 in 2000.
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Because our options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in the opinion of management, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of our options.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
K. Employee Benefit Plans
We offer a savings plan (PTC plan) to eligible employees. The plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participating employees may defer up to 15% of their pre-tax compensation, as defined, but not more than statutory limits. We contribute 50% of the amount contributed by the employee, up to a maximum of 10% of the employee's earnings. Our matching contributions vest at a rate of 25% per year of service. We made matching contributions of $3.2 million, $4.7 million and $5.1 million in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
L. Pension Plans
We maintain a defined benefit pension plan covering certain employees of Computervision. Benefits are based upon length of service and average compensation and generally vest after five years of service. Accrued pension costs have been included in other liabilities.
U.S. Pension Plan
Effective April 1, 1990, the benefits under the U.S. pension plan were frozen indefinitely. We contribute all amounts deemed necessary on an actuarial basis to satisfy Internal Revenue Service funding requirements. Based upon the actuarial valuations, we contributed $3.8 million in 1998, $13.7 million in 1999 and $0 in 2000. Due to the changes in actuarial assumptions and underperformance of plan investments, as shown below, we were required to record a minimum pension liability adjustment of $7.8 million in 1998. This minimum pension liability did not change significantly in 2000 and was reduced by $3.7 million in 1999 due to contributions and fund performance. Plan assets consist primarily of indexed funds.
Foreign Pension Plans
The accrued international pension cost was actuarially computed using assumptions applicable to each subsidiary plan and economic environment. We adjusted our minimum pension liability related to our foreign plans due to the changes in actuarial assumptions and performance of plan investments, as shown below. Plan assets consist of investments in equities and guaranteed investment contracts with several insurance companies and banks.
The following table presents the actuarial assumptions used in accounting for the pension plans:
U.S. Plan Foreign Plans ------------------------- ---------------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 1998 1999 2000 ------- ------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Discount rate........... 6.3% 7.5% 7.5% 5.8 to 6.3% 6.3 to 6.5% 6.3 to 6.5% Rate of increase in future compensation.... -- -- -- 3.0 to 5.0% 3.5 to 5.0% 3.5 to 5.0% Rate of return on plan assets................. 7.5% 7.5% 7.5% 6.8 to 8.5% 6.3 to 7.0% 5.3 to 7.0% The actuarially computed components of net periodic pension cost are show below: U.S. Plan Foreign Plans ------------------------- ---------------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 1998 1999 2000 ------- ------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (in thousands) Service costs of benefits earned during the period............. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 853 $ 6 $ -- Interest cost of projected benefit obligation............. 2,262 3,224 3,663 2,189 2,853 2,542 Expected return on plan assets................. (1,721) (2,568) (3,389) (2,344) (2,698) (2,192) Amortization of prior service cost........... -- -- -- 13 17 17 Recognized actuarial loss................... 529 1,191 950 (35) 381 165 ------- ------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net periodic pension cost................... $ 1,070 $ 1,847 $ 1,224 $ 676 559 $ 532 ======= ======= ======= ========== ========== ========== |
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
The following tables display the change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status:
U.S. Plan Foreign Plans ---------------- ---------------- 1999 2000 1999 2000 ------- ------- ------- ------- (in thousands) Beginning benefit obligation............... $50,622 $49,043 $50,051 $42,480 Service cost............................... -- -- 6 -- Interest cost.............................. 3,224 3,663 2,853 2,542 Actuarial loss (gain)...................... (3,006) 358 (5,001) (1,681) Foreign exchange impact.................... -- -- (2,254) (4,552) Benefits paid.............................. (1,797) (1,348) (3,175) (8,004) ------- ------- ------- ------- Ending benefit obligation.................. $49,043 $51,716 $42,480 $30,785 ======= ======= ======= ======= Beginning plan assets at fair value........ $31,742 $45,751 $34,770 $36,607 Actual return on plan assets............... 2,087 2,283 5,989 320 Employer contributions..................... 13,719 -- 5 5 Foreign exchange impact.................... -- -- (1,107) (3,573) Benefits paid.............................. (1,797) (1,348) (3,050) (7,881) ------- ------- ------- ------- Ending plan assets at fair value........... 45,751 46,686 36,607 25,478 Benefit obligation at end of year.......... 49,043 51,716 42,480 30,785 ------- ------- ------- ------- Funded status.............................. (3,292) (5,030) (5,873) (5,307) Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)......... 17,880 18,394 2,048 1,952 Unrecognized prior service cost............ -- -- 324 272 ------- ------- ------- ------- Net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost......... $14,588 $13,364 $(3,501) $(3,083) ======= ======= ======= ======= |
The following table shows the amounts recognized in the balance sheet:
U.S. Plan Foreign Plans ---------------- ---------------- 1999 2000 1999 2000 ------- ------- ------- ------- (in thousands) Accrued benefit liability.................. $(3,292) $(5,030) $(8,039) $(7,036) Intangible asset........................... -- -- 324 272 Accumulated other comprehensive income..... 17,880 18,394 4,214 3,681 ------- ------- ------- ------- Net amount recognized...................... $14,588 $13,364 $(3,501) $(3,083) ======= ======= ======= ======= |
M. Segment Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision- making group is our executive officers.
We operate within a single industry segment--computer software and related services. We have two major product categories within that one segment: (1) our MCAD solutions including our flagship Pro/ENGINEER(R) design software, which provides flexible engineering solutions to our customers and (2) our Web-based Windchill(R) software which provides collaborative information management solutions to our customers using Internet technologies. These CPC solutions permit customers to collaboratively develop, build and manage products throughout their entire lifecycle. Our products are sold worldwide by our sales force and distributors.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
While we are predominately a computer software company, our business is
organized geographically. Data for the geographic regions in which we operate
is presented below:
September 30, ------------------------------- 1998 1999 2000 ---------- ---------- --------- (in thousands) Revenue: MCAD solutions............................... $1,004,556 $ 976,257 $ 753,685 Windchill solutions.......................... 13,414 81,344 174,729 ---------- ---------- --------- Total revenue.............................. $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $ 928,414 ========== ========== ========= Revenue: North America................................ $ 449,931 $ 464,445 $ 378,564 Europe....................................... 408,057 389,969 341,859 Asia/Pacific................................. 159,982 203,187 207,991 ---------- ---------- --------- Total revenue.............................. $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $ 928,414 ========== ========== ========= Long-lived assets: North America................................ $ 47,910 $ 165,212 $ 155,236 Europe....................................... 26,878 66,826 51,955 Asia/Pacific................................. 18,979 23,503 22,527 ---------- ---------- --------- Total long-lived assets.................... $ 93,767 $ 255,541 $ 229,718 ========== ========== ========= |
We license products to customers worldwide. Our sales and marketing operations outside the United States are conducted principally through our foreign sales subsidiaries throughout Europe and the Asia/Pacific region. Intercompany sales and transfers between geographic areas are accounted for at prices that are designed to be representative of unaffiliated party transactions. Total exports were $115.2 million, $166.2 million and $81.5 million in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Parametric Technology Corporation:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 14(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Parametric Technology Corporation and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2000 and 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2000 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Boston, Massachusetts October 16, 2000, except for Note I, as to which the date is November 17, 2000 |
FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA(1)
September 30, ---------------------------------------------------- 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- (in thousands, except per share data) Revenue................. $1,077,321 $1,062,018 $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $928,414 Operating income (loss)................. 259,729 229,335 208,020 178,792 (8,227) Net income (loss)....... 159,567 87,660 86,697 119,293 (3,980) Earnings (loss) per share:(2) Basic.................. 0.60 0.33 0.32 0.44 (0.01) Diluted................ 0.57 0.32 0.31 0.43 (0.01) Total assets............ 889,241 919,129 801,060 1,016,620 924,883 Working capital......... 356,109 311,299 174,239 247,921 266,081 Long term liabilities, less current portion... 323,102 263,949 46,014 38,333 33,989 Stockholders' equity.... 195,648 204,551 335,504 521,104 528,542 Pro forma:(3) Revenue................ $ 902,937 $ 979,794 $1,017,970 $1,057,601 $928,414 Operating income....... 298,567 288,823 316,501 255,027 51,739 Net income............. 184,106 146,196 199,359 184,356 38,907 Earnings per share:(2) Basic................ 0.70 0.55 0.74 0.68 0.14 Diluted.............. 0.66 0.53 0.72 0.67 0.14 |
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
January 2, April 3, July 3, September 30, 1999 1999 1999 1999 ---------- -------- -------- ------------- (in thousands, except per share data) Revenue........................... $250,117 $263,248 $264,140 $280,096 Operating income.................. 46,097 20,840 49,747 62,108 Net income........................ 29,991 10,549 35,419 43,334 Earnings per share:(2) Basic............................ 0.11 0.04 0.13 0.16 Diluted.......................... 0.11 0.04 0.13 0.16 Pro forma:(3) Operating income................. $ 62,414 $ 63,964 $ 58,244 $ 70,405 Net income....................... 44,850 45,904 42,917 50,685 Earnings per share:(2) Basic.......................... 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.19 Diluted........................ 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.18 Common stock prices:(4) High............................. $ 18.13 $ 21.00 $ 19.38 $ 16.19 Low.............................. 8.94 12.50 11.94 13.00 January 1, April 1, July 1, September 30, 2000 2000 2000 2000 ---------- -------- -------- ------------- (in thousands, except per share data) Revenue........................... $239,037 $227,105 $227,254 $235,018 Operating income (loss)........... 13,976 (8,401) (22,112) 8,310 Net income (loss)................. 10,381 (5,846) (15,427) 6,912 Earnings (loss) per share:(2) Basic............................ 0.04 (0.02) (0.06) 0.03 Diluted.......................... 0.04 (0.02) (0.06) 0.03 Pro forma:(3) Operating income................. $ 23,404 $ 1,376 $ 9,076 $ 17,883 Net income....................... 17,554 518 7,125 13,709 Earnings per share:(2) Basic.......................... 0.06 0.00 0.03 0.05 Diluted........................ 0.06 0.00 0.03 0.05 Common stock prices:(4) High............................. $ 32.88 $ 31.94 $ 11.63 $ 13.81 Low ............................. 13.94 19.06 8.00 9.94 |
EXHIBIT 3.1(e)
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF DIRECTORS
ESTABLISHING A CLASS OR SERIES OF STOCK
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 26)
We, C. Richard Harrison , President ------------------------------------------------------------ and David R. Friedman , Clerk ------------------------------------------------------------ of Parametric Technology Corporation , -------------------------------------------------------------- (Exact name of corporation) |
FORM OF VOTE ESTABLISHING
THE SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
OF PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
VOTED: That, pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by Article Fourth of its Restated Articles of Organization, as amended, a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation be and it hereby is created, and the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows: 1. Authorized Amount and Designation. The shares of such series shall be --------------------------------- |
designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Junior Preferred Stock"). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 500,000 shares and the par value shall be $.01 per share. To the extent legally permitted, such number of shares may be increased or decreased by vote of the Board of Directors, provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Junior Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Junior Preferred Stock.
a. Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock (collectively, the "Preferred Stock") ranking prior and superior to the Junior Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of all shares of common stock of the Corporation (the "Common Stock"), and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Junior Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Junior Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b)
-Page 2A-
of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
b. The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Junior Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph a. of this Section 2 immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock), provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Junior Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
c. Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Junior Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
a. Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Junior Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
-Page 2B-
b. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Corporation's Articles of Organization, in any other vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation creating a series of Preferred Stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
c. Except as set forth herein or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Junior Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.
-Page 2C-
Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
a. Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Junior Preferred Stock are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Junior Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
(i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Junior Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;
(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock; or
(iv) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Junior Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Junior Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
b. The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph a. of this Section 6 purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
-Page 2D-
forth herein, in the Corporation's Articles of Organization, in any other vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation creating a series of Preferred Stock, or as otherwise required by law.
-Page 2E-
SIGNED UNDER THE PANALTIES OF PERJURY, this 20/th/ day of December, 2000.
/s/ C. Richard Harrison , President ---------------------------------------------------- C. Richard Harrison /s/ David R. Friedman , Clerk ---------------------------------------------------- David R. Friedman |
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF DIRECTORS
ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF A CLASS OF STOCK
(General Laws, Chapter156B, Section 26)
I hereby approve the within Certificate of Vote of Directors and, the filing fee in the amount of $_________________ having been paid, said certificate is deemed to have been filed with me this_________ day of ____________________, 2000.
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Photocopy of document to be sent to:
Parametric Technology Corporation
140 Kendrick Street
Needham, MA 02494-2714
Telephone: 781-370-5000
EXHIBIT 3.2
BY - LAWS
OF
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
ARTICLE 1 - Stockholders
By-Laws, no such notice need be given if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting by the stockholder or his authorized attorney, is filed with the records of the meeting.
on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders. Each such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting .
(a) To the extent a stockholder is entitled as a matter of law or these By-Laws to propose a matter to be considered at any meeting of the stockholders, such matter may be proposed only by a person who is a stockholder of record of the corporation at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 1.10, who is entitled to vote at the respective meeting, and who (in addition to any other applicable requirements) has given timely written notice thereof in accordance with this Section 1.10 to the Clerk at the principal executive offices of the corporation.
(b) To be timely with respect to an annual meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided that, if the annual meeting is not held within thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary of such preceding annual meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the date of such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first.
(C) To be timely with respect to a special meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the date of the special meeting; provided that, if the first day on which notice of the special meeting is mailed to stockholders or on which public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is made is less than one hundred (100) days before the date of the special meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.
(d) A stockholder's notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such stockholder and such other beneficial owner, if any, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder and such other beneficial owner, if any, in such business, and (v) the basis upon which the stockholder is entitled to make the proposal.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the contrary, no business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at any meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10; provided that any stockholder
proposal that complies with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) of the proxy rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is included in the corporation's proxy statement for the respective stockholders meeting shall be deemed to comply with the requirements for the timing and content of notices hereunder.
(f) The chairman of the respective stockholders meeting shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not
properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 1.10, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be
transacted.
ARTICLE 2 - Directors
(i) In accordance with paragraph (d), clause (iv) of such Section 50A, the number of directors shall be fixed only by vote of the Board of Directors.
(ii) In accordance with paragraph (a) of such Section 50A, the Directors of the corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible; the term of office of those of the first class ("Class I Directors") to continue until the first annual meeting following the date the corporation becomes subject to such paragraph (a) and until their successors are duly elected and qualified; the term of office of those of the second class ("Class II Directors") to continue until the second annual meeting following the date the corporation becomes subject to such paragraph (a) and until their successors are duly elected and qualified; and the term of office of those of the third class ( "Class III Directors") to continue until the third annual meeting following the date the corporation becomes subject to such paragraph (a) and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of the corporation, the successors to the class of directors
whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term continuing until the annual meeting held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with this Section 2.3
shall be eligible for election as directors at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders. Nominations of persons for election as directors may be made only
(i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any person who
is a stockholder of record of the corporation at the time of giving the notice
provided for in this Section 2.3, who is entitled to vote for the election of
directors at the respective meeting, and who (in addition to any other
applicable requirements) has given timely written notice thereof in accordance
with this Section 2.3 to the Clerk at the principal executive offices of the
corporation.
(b) To be timely with respect to an annual meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided that, if the annual meeting is not held within thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary of such preceding annual meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120th) day before the date of such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first.
(c) To be timely with respect to a special meeting, a stockholder's notice must be received by the Clerk not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days before the date of the special meeting; provided that, if the first day on which notice of the special meeting is mailed to stockholders or on which public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is made is less than one hundred (100) days before the date of the special meeting, such stockholder's notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day after the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or other public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.
(d) Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and record address of such stockholder and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such stockholder and such other beneficial owner, if any.
(e) The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with this Section 2.3, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the corporation is a
"registered corporation" within the meaning of Section 50A of the Massachusetts
Business Corporation Law and has not elected, pursuant to paragraph (b) of such
Section 50A, to be exempt from the provisions of paragraph (a) of such Section
50A, then (i) vacancies and newly created directorships, whether resulting from
an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, from the death, resignation,
disqualification or removal of a director or otherwise, shall be filled solely
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office,
even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and (ii) any Director
elected in accordance with clause (i) shall hold office for the remainder of the
full term of the class of Directors in which the vacancy occurred or the new
directorship was created and until such Director's successor shall have been
elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the corporation is a "registered corporation" within the meaning of Section 50A of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law and has not
elected, pursuant to paragraph (b) of such Section 50A, to be exempt from the provisions of paragraph (a) of such Section 50A, then stockholders may effect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote in the election of Directors, the removal of any Director or Directors or the entire Board of Directors only for cause, as defined in paragraph (e) of such Section 50A.
ARTICLE 3 - Officers
An officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors then in office. Any officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors prior to action thereon.
Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.
The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.
Any Assistant Clerk shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Clerk may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Clerk, the Assistant Clerk (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Clerks in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Clerk.
In the absence of the Clerk or any Assistant Clerk at any meeting of stockholders or Directors, the person presiding at meeting shall designate a temporary Clerk to keep a record of the meeting.
Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.
ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock
Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Articles of Organization, the By-Laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement to which the corporation is a party, shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restrictions and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy of the restrictions to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge. Every certificate issued when the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its face or back either the full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series authorized to be issued or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and rights and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.
It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the corporation of his post office address and of his taxpayer identification number.
If no record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed, the record date for determining the stockholders having the right to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, and the record date for determining the stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors acts with respect to such purpose.
ARTICLE 5 - Miscellaneous Provisions
not all be kept in the same office. They shall be available at all reasonable times for the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose, but not to secure a list of stockholders for the purpose of selling the list or copies of the list or of using the list for a purpose other than in the interest of the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the corporation.
ARTICLE 6 - Amendments
These By-Laws may be amended by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of the capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, if notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of such meeting. If authorized by the Articles of Organization, the Directors, by a majority of their number then in office, may also make, amend or repeal these By-Laws, in whole or in part, except with respect to (a) the provisions of these By- Laws governing (i) the removal of directors and (ii) the amendment of these By-Laws and (b) any provision of these By-Laws which by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws requires action by the stockholders.
No change in the date fixed in these By-Laws for the annual meeting of stockholders may be made within 60 days before the date fixed in these By-Laws. Subject to the preceding sentence, notice of any change in the date fixed in these By-Laws for the annual meeting of stockholders shall be given to each stockholder in person or by letter mailed to his last known post office address at least 20 days before the new date fixed for such meeting.
Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of stockholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any By-Law, notice stating the substance of such change shall be given to all stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.
Any By-Law adopted by the Directors may be amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.
As amended through November 17, 2000.
EXHIBIT 4.1
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
and
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
Rights Agent
Rights Agreement
Effective as of January 5, 2001
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1. Certain Definitions................................................................................ 1 Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent........................................................................ 4 Section 3. Issue of Rights and Rights Certificates............................................................ 5 Section 4. Form of Rights Certificates........................................................................ 6 Section 5. Countersignature and Registration.................................................................. 7 Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates......................................................................... 7 Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Final Expiration Date of Rights................................ 8 Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates................................................ 10 Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Shares............................................................. 10 Section 10. Preferred Shares Record Date....................................................................... 11 Section 11. Adjustment in Rights; Exchange of Rights; Certain Covenants........................................ 11 Section 12. Certificate of Adjustment.......................................................................... 18 Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power............................... 18 Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares............................................................ 21 Section 15. Rights of Action................................................................................... 22 Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders......................................................................... 22 Section 17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder................................................. 23 Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent........................................................................ 23 Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.......................................... 24 Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent............................................................................. 24 Section 21. Change of Rights Agent............................................................................. 26 Section 22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates................................................................ 27 Section 23. Redemption......................................................................................... 27 Section 24. Notice of Certain Events........................................................................... 28 Section 25. Notices............................................................................................ 29 Section 26. Supplements and Amendments......................................................................... 29 Section 27. Successors......................................................................................... 30 Section 28. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors............................................... 30 Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement......................................................................... 31 Section 30. Severability....................................................................................... 31 |
Section 31. Governing Law...................................................................................... 31 Section 32. Counterparts....................................................................................... 31 Section 33. Descriptive Headings............................................................................... 31 |
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
(ii) if a majority of the Board determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(a), has become such inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(a), then such Person shall not be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement. The determination of whether such Person's becoming an Acquiring Person shall
have been inadvertent and the determination of whether the divestment of sufficient shares shall have been made as promptly as practicable shall be made by the Board.
(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company.
Company shall mean the capital stock of such Person with the greatest voting power, or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to control or direct the management of such Person, or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons that ultimately controls such first-mentioned Person.
(q) The following terms shall have the meanings indicated in the following Sections of this Agreement:
(a) As promptly as practicable following the Record Date, the Company will send a summary of this Agreement and the Rights by first-class, postage prepaid mail to each record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company.
(b) In addition to the Rights issued in respect of the shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock that are issued after the Record Date but before the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date. From the Record Date until the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, (i) the registered holders of the shares of Common Stock outstanding from time to time shall be the registered holders of the associated Rights, (ii) the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates for Common Stock registered from time to time in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates for Common Stock shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights) and not by separate certificates, (iii) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying shares of Common Stock (including a transfer to the Company), and (iv) the surrender for transfer of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock. In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any shares of Common Stock on or after the Record Date but before the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date, any Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Stock that are no longer outstanding. Certificates from time to time representing shares of Common Stock issued or transferred after the Record Date but before the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall bear the following legend:
(d) Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 3 or Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate thereof and any Rights Certificate issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6, 7(d), 7(e), 11 or 22 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain the following legend:
The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate were issued to a Person who was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement). This Rights Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may become void in the circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, including Sections 7(e) and 11(b) thereof;
(e) Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 3, the omission of a legend shall not affect the enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any holder of Rights.
(a) The Rights Certificate shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Clerk or an Assistant Clerk of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Rights Certificate shall be countersigned manually, or, if permitted by the Company, by facsimile signature, by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificate, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificate had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Rights Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such an officer.
(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purposes, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e) and 14 hereof, at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, Common Stock, other securities or property, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder (or former holder in the case of a transfer) to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of
such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall (subject to Sections 7(e) and 14 hereof) countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.
(b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may amend this Rights Agreement to provide for uncertificated Rights in addition to or in place of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates.
(a) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein including, without limitation, the restriction on exercisability set forth in Section 23(a) hereof) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the principal offices of the Rights Agent, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the Preferred Shares (or other shares, securities or property, as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date.
(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share shall initially be $60.00 and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.
(c) Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase and the Rights Certificate duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the Preferred Shares (or other shares, securities or property, as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof in cash, or by certified check or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be purchased (and the Company hereby irrevocably
authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests), or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one- thousandths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities (including Common Stock), pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.
(d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise fewer than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Rights Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such (and any subsequent transferees of such transferee), or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding that has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e), shall become null and void without any further action, and any holder (including any subsequent holder) of such Rights shall thereupon have no rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure or inability to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such
exercise, and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall request.
(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) or any Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) held in its treasury, the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) that will be sufficient (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 11(c)(i) hereof) to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights. Prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall not be obliged to cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or shares of preferred stock (other than Preferred Shares), any such Common Stock or any shares of preferred stock (other than Preferred Shares) to permit exercise of outstanding Rights.
to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained.
(c) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (or, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and non- assessable shares.
(d) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.
(i) To preserve the actual or potential economic value of the Rights, if at any time after the date of this Agreement there shall be any change in the Common Stock or the Preferred Shares, whether by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, combinations or exchanges of securities, split-ups, split-offs, spin-offs, liquidations, other similar changes in capitalization, any distribution or issuance of cash, assets, evidences of indebtedness or subscription rights, options or warrants to holders of Common Stock or Preferred Shares, as the case may be (other than the Rights or regular quarterly cash dividends) or otherwise, then, in each such event adjustments in the number of Preferred Shares (or the number and kind of other securities) issuable upon exercise of each Right, the Purchase Price and Redemption Price in effect at such time (including the number of Rights or fractional Rights associated with each share of Common Stock) shall be made if and as deemed appropriate by the Board, such that following such adjustments such event shall not have had the effect of reducing or limiting the benefits the holders of the Rights would have had absent such event.
(ii) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any securities other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such securities so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions of Section 11(a)(i), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9 and 10 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply, as nearly as reasonably may be, on like terms to any such other securities.
(iii) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the amount of Preferred Shares or other securities relating to a Right shall evidence the right to purchase, for the Purchase Price, the adjusted number and kind of securities purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.
(iv) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of Preferred Shares or number or kind of other securities issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the terms which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.
(vi) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(a)(vi), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.
(vii) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-thousandth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.
(viii) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (A) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, (B) issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, (C) issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, (D) dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or (E) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such shareholders.
(ix) In any case in which action taken pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) requires that an adjustment be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the Preferred Shares and/or other securities, if any, issuable upon such exercise
The provisions of this Section 11(c)(i) shall apply only to Common Stock of the Company and shall not apply to the securities of any other Person.
case for purposes of this Agreement holders of Rights shall be deemed to have simultaneously received and surrendered for exchange Rights Certificates on the date of such distribution.
(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in the same manner as set forth above for Common Stock in Section 11(d)(i) (other than the last sentence thereof). If the current per share market price of the Preferred Shares of any series cannot be determined in the manner provided above, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the shares of Common Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar transactions occurring after the date hereof) multiplied by one hundred. If neither the Common Stock nor the Preferred Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.
(i) will not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) consolidate with, (ii) merge with or into or (iii) sell or transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the
Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof) if at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect that would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights; and
(a) In the event that, following the Distribution Date, directly or
indirectly, any transactions specified in the following clause (i), (ii) or
(iii) of this Section 13(a) shall be consummated:
(i) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person (other than a subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof) and the Company shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation of any such consolidation or merger;
(ii) any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof) shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such consolidation or merger, all or part of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property; or
rata distribution by the Company of assets (including securities) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to all holders of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with each such holder's interest in such assets prior to the distribution;
(i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the issuer of any securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted in such merger or consolidation, and if no securities are so issued, the Person that is the other party to such merger or consolidation; and
(ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause (iii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions;
(c) If, for any reason, the Rights cannot be exercised for the Common
Stock of such Principal Party, then a holder of Rights will have the right to
exchange each Right for cash from such Principal Party in an amount equal to the
Purchase Price, as calculated pursuant to Section 13(a) above. If, for any
reason, the foregoing formulation cannot be applied to determine the cash amount
to which the holder of Rights is entitled, then a committee composed of one or
more of the members of the Board who were in office immediately before the
Section 13(a) Event shall determine such amount reasonably and in good faith.
(d) The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale
or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of
authorized shares of its Common Stock, which have not been issued or reserved
for issuance, to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with
this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party
shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement
providing for the terms set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section
13 and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of any
consolidation, merger or sale of assets mentioned in paragraph (a) of this
Section 13, the Principal Party will:
(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Act, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the Final Expiration Date; and
(ii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the Exchange Act.
The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. In the event that one of the transactions described in Section 13(a) hereof shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter become exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a).
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no adjustment to the number or kind of shares (or fractions of a share), cash or other property for which a Right is exercisable or the number of Rights outstanding or associated with any shares of Common Stock or any similar or other adjustment shall be made or be effective if such adjustment would have the effect of reducing or limiting the benefits the holders of the Rights would have had absent
such adjustment, including, without limitation, the benefits under Sections 11 and 13, unless the terms of this Agreement are amended so as to preserve such benefits, provided that this paragraph shall not prevent any change prior to the Distribution Date permitted by Section 26(a) and provided that this Section 13(e) shall not be deemed to limit or impair the right to engage in an exchange pursuant to Section 11(c)(ii).
(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights
except prior to the Distribution Date as the Board may in its discretion
determine in effecting an adjustment in the number of Rights pursuant to
Section 11(a) hereof, or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence
fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid
to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which
such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal
to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the
purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right
shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately
prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise
issuable. The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price,
regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average
of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with
respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if the
Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported in
the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to
securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which
the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last
quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low
asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such
other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted
by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices
as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights
selected by the Board. If on any such date no such market maker is making a
market in the Rights the fair value of the Rights on such date as
determined in good faith by the Board shall be used.
(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one- thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it, provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Preferred Share. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the closing price of a Preferred Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(ii) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
(c) Following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall
not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon exercise
of the Rights or to distribute certificates that evidence fractional shares
of Common Stock. In lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company
may pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates, at the time such
Rights are exercised as herein provided, an amount in cash equal to the
same fraction of the current market value of one share of Common Stock. For
purposes of determining the cash equal of said fractional shares under this
Section 14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Stock shall
be the closing price of one share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant
to Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the
date of such exercise.
(d) The holder of a Right, by the acceptance of the Right, expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).
(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of shares of Common Stock;
(b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer;
(c) subject to Sections 6(a) and 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company
or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and
(d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation.
(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.
(b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares, the Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document the Rights Agent believes in good faith to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.
(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.
(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer or the Clerk of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.
(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Rights Certificates or be required to verify the same (except as to its countersignature on such Rights Certificates), but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13 or 23, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 13 describing such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares or shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares or shares of Common Stock will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer or the Clerk of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer.
(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity. Nothing in this paragraph shall exempt any of the above mentioned individuals or entities from the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation from becoming an Acquiring Person.
(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents,
(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(k) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 on such certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.
for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.
shall not be exercisable pursuant to Section 11(b) or 11(c) at a time when the Rights are then redeemable hereunder.
(ii) Following the occurrence of a Stock Acquisition Date but prior to any event described in Section 13(a), the Board may redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price in connection with any event, not involving an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person, that either (A) is of the type specified in Section 13(a) or (B) involves a Person merging into the Company or otherwise combining with the Company, where the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger or combination and the Common Stock of the Company shall remain outstanding and not changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person or the Company or cash or any other property.
(b) In the case of a redemption permitted under Section 23(a), immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for each Right so held. Within ten (10) days after the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by providing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is provided in the manner herein described shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption shall state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.
Section 24. Notice of Certain Events. In case the Company shall propose, at any time after the Distribution Date, (a) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of its Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend) or (b) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, or (c) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), or (d) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions that comply with Section 11(e)(ii) hereof), or (e) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, in accordance with Section 25 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, or distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares for
purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.
In case any Triggering Event or Section 13(a) Event shall occur, then, in
any such case, (i) the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give to
each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible and in accordance
with Section 25 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall
specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under
Section 11 or 13 hereof, and (ii) all references in the preceding paragraph to
the Preferred Shares shall be deemed thereafter to refer, if appropriate, to
other securities.
Parametric Technology Corporation 128 Technology Drive Waltham, MA 02453 Attention: General Counsel With a copy to: Palmer & Dodge LLP One Beacon Street Boston, MA 02108 Attention: Stanley Keller |
Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11219
Attention: Executive Vice President
Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of certificates representing shares of Common Stock) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first- class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.
(a) Prior to the Distribution Date and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 26, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or
amend any provision of this Agreement without the approval of any holders of certificates representing Common Stock.
(c) Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company, which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 26, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made which changes the Redemption Price, the Final Expiration Date, the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right is exercisable. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.
[CORPORATE SEAL] PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION Attest By:/s/ David R. Friedman By:/s/ Edwin J. Gillis -------------------------------- ------------------------------ Name: David R. Friedman Name: Edwin J. Gillis Title: Senior Vice President, Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Clerk Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer [CORPORATE SEAL] AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY Attest By:/s/ Susan Silber By:/s/ Paula Caroppoli -------------------------------- ------------------------------- Name: Susan Silber Name: Paula Caroppoli Title: Assistant Secretary Title: Vice President -i- |
Exhibit A --------- |
FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE
Certificate No. R- _________ Rights
NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER JANUARY 5, 2011, OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION
OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.001 PER RIGHT, ON
THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES (SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) AND 11(b) OF THE RIGHTS
AGREEMENT), RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH
TERM IS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF
SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID. [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS
RIGHTS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED TO A PERSON WHO WAS AN ACQUIRING PERSON
OR AN AFFILIATE OR AN ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS
ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE
RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES
SPECIFIED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING SECTION 7(e) AND SECTION
11(b) THEREOF.]/1/
Rights Certificate
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
This certifies that __________________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of January 5, 2001 (the "Rights Agreement"), between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 p.m., Needham, Massachusetts time, on ___________, 2011, at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one- thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Shares") of the Company, at a purchase price of $60.00 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase and related
Certificate duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of ___________, 200__, based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date.
Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as such term is defined in the
Rights Agreement), if the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are
beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of
any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement),
(ii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, or (iii)
under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, a transferee of a
person who, after such transfer, became an Acquiring Person, or an Affiliate or
Associate of an Acquiring Person, such Rights shall become null and void and no
holder hereof shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and after
the occurrence of any such Triggering Event.
As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number and kind of Preferred Shares or other securities which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.
This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned offices of the Rights Agent.
This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of one one-thousandths of a share of the Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.
Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate may, but are not required to, be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.001 per Right.
No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.
No holder of this Rights Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the
Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.
This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.
WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of ____________, ____.
[CORPORATE SEAL]
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
ATTEST:
______________________________ By:______________________________ Clerk Name: Title: Countersigned: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY By:___________________________ Authorized Signature |
(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED ________________________hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________________________
(Please print name and address of transferee)
_____________________________ this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________ Attorney, to transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.
Dated:___________, ____
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program.
The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:
(1) this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned and transferred by or on behalf of a person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);
(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.
Dated: ____________, ____ __________________________ Signature |
The signature to the foregoing Assignment and Certificate must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
(To be executed if holder desires to exercise the Rights Certificate.)
To: PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ________Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such Preferred Shares be issued in the name of:
Please insert social security or other identifying number: ______________
If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:
Please insert social security or other identifying number: ______________
Dated:______________, ____
(Signature must conform in all respects to
name of holder as specified on the face of
this Rights Certificate in every particular,
without alteration or enlargement or any
change whatsoever)
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program.
The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:
(1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate [_] are [_] are not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);
(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [_] did [_] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.
Dated:_____________, ____ __________________________________
Signature
The signatures in the foregoing Forms of Assignment and Election must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
In the event the Certificates set forth above in the Forms of Assignment and Election are not completed, the Company will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and in the case of an Assignment, will affix a legend to that effect on any Rights Certificates issued in exchange for this Rights Certificate.
This Agreement is entered into as of this 29th day of October, 1998, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and Paul J. Cunningham ("Cunningham").
WHEREAS, Cunningham is the Executive Vice President, Sales - Primary Accounts; and
WHEREAS, to provide incentive for Cunningham to maintain employment with the Company, the Company desires to make the following arrangements with Cunningham concerning his termination of employment.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Cunningham hereby agree as follows:
(a) A termination by the Company of Cunningham's employment for
"Cause" shall mean termination (i) for Cunningham's willful and continued
failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than any such
failure resulting from Cunningham's incapacity due to physical or mental illness
or any such actual or perceived failure after a Change in Status of Cunningham),
provided that (a) the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial
performance to Cunningham specifically identifying the manner in which the
Company believes that Cunningham has not substantially performed his duties, and
(b) Cunningham has not cured such failure within 30 days after such demand, (ii)
for willful conduct by Cunningham which is demonstrably and materially injurious
to the Company, or (iii) for Cunningham's willful violation of any material
provision of any confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention,
noncompetition or similar agreement entered into by Cunningham in connection
with his employment by the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or
failure to act on Cunningham's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done or
omitted to be done by Cunningham not in good faith and without reasonable belief
that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
(b) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of
any of the following events: (i) any "person", as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation
owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially
the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company) is or becomes
the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of
the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other
than as a result of acquisitions of such securities from the Company); (ii)
individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent
to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's
stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors
then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an
individual
whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as defined above) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
(c) A "Stock Option Plan" of the Company shall mean any stock option or equity compensation plan of the Company in effect at any time, including without limitation the 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1997 and the 1997 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:
Parametric Technology Corporation
128 Technology Drive
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Vice President - General Counsel
Paul Cunningham
73 Marlboro Street, #6
Boston, MA 02116
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to such overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.
EXECUTED as of the date first written above.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ C. Richard Harrison ------------------------ C. Richard Harrison President and Chief Operating Officer /s/ Paul J. Cunningham ----------------------- Paul J. Cunningham |
EXHIBIT 10.12
This Agreement is entered into as of this 18th day of May, 2000, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and James E. Heppelmann ("Heppelmann").
WHEREAS, Heppelmann is the Senior Vice President, Windchill; and
WHEREAS, to provide incentive for Heppelmann to maintain employment with the Company, the Company desires to make the following arrangements with Heppelmann concerning his termination of employment.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Heppelmann hereby agree as follows:
(a) A termination by the Company of Heppelmann's employment for "Cause" shall mean termination (i) for Heppelmann's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company
(other than any such failure resulting from Heppelmann's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided that (a) the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial performance to Heppelmann specifically identifying the manner in which the Company believes that Heppelmann has not substantially performed his duties, and (b) Heppelmann has not cured such failure within 30 days after such demand, (ii) for willful conduct by Heppelmann which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) for Heppelmann's willful violation of any material provision of any confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention, noncompetition or similar agreement entered into by Heppelmann in connection with his employment by the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on Heppelmann's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by Heppelmann not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
(b) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "person", as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than as a result of acquisitions of such securities from the Company); (ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately
prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as defined above) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.
(c) A "Stock Option Plan" of the Company shall mean any stock option or equity compensation plan of the Company in effect at any time, including without limitation the 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1997, the 1997 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan and the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a
written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors
and legal representatives.
(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight
courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:
Parametric Technology Corporation
128 Technology Drive
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Senior Vice President - General Counsel
James E. Heppelmann
2 Ridge Road
Framingham, MA 01710
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to such overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.
EXECUTED as of the date first written above.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ C. Richard Harrison ------------------------ C. Richard Harrison President and Chief Executive Officer /s/ James E. Heppelmann ------------------------ James E. Heppelmann |
EXHIBIT 10.13
This Agreement is entered into as of this 18th day of May, 2000, between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and Jon R. Stevenson ("Stevenson").
WHEREAS, Stevenson is the Executive Vice President, General Manager - MCAD; and
WHEREAS, to provide incentive for Stevenson to maintain employment with the Company, the Company desires to make the following arrangements with Stevenson concerning his termination of employment.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Stevenson hereby agree as follows:
(a) A termination by the Company of Stevenson's employment for "Cause" shall mean termination (i) for Stevenson's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from Stevenson's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided that
(a) the Company has delivered a written demand for substantial performance to
Stevenson specifically identifying the manner in which the Company believes that
Stevenson has not substantially performed his duties, and (b) Stevenson has not
cured such failure within 30 days after such demand, (ii) for willful conduct by
Stevenson which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, or
(iii) for Stevenson's willful violation of any material provision of any
confidentiality, nondisclosure, assignment of invention, noncompetition or
similar agreement entered into by Stevenson in connection with his employment by
the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on
Stevenson's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by
Stevenson not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company.
(b) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "person", as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (other than as a result of acquisitions of such securities from the Company); (ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as defined above) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.
(c) A "Stock Option Plan" of the Company shall mean any stock option or equity compensation plan of the Company in effect at any time, including without limitation the 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan 1997, the 1997 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan and the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
(a) This Agreement is personal to Stevenson and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Stevenson otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(c) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand delivery, by a reputable overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as follows:
Parametric Technology Corporation
128 Technology Drive
Waltham, MA 02453
Attention: Senior Vice President - General Counsel
Jon R. Stevenson
12 Petersen Circle
Sudbury, MA 01776
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any notice or communication shall be deemed to be delivered upon the date of hand delivery, one day following delivery to such overnight courier service, or three days following mailing by registered or certified mail.
EXECUTED as of the date first written above.
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ C. Richard Harrison ---------------------------------------- C. Richard Harrison President and Chief Executive Officer /s/ Jon R. Stevenson ---------------------------------------- Jon R. Stevenson |
EXHIBIT 10.20
AMENDMENT #6 TO
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
This Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2000, hereby amends the terms of that certain Consulting Agreement dated November 17, 1995, as amended, (hereinafter "Consulting Agreement") by and between Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation, having its principal business address at 128 Technology Drive, Waltham, Massachusetts 02453 (hereinafter "PTC") and Michael E. Porter, an individual currently residing at 44 Green Hill Road, Brookline, Massachusetts 02146 (hereinafter "Consultant").
Article 3 Services To Be Performed By Consultant, is hereby amended by adding the following Section 3.6:
3.6 Consultant is engaged pursuant to this Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement, to participate in two (2) top management seminars, including Chief Information Officer (CIO) seminars, consistent with the purposes and scope which Consultant was previously engaged to provide under Article 3 of the Consulting Agreement.
Article 4 Compensation And Expenses, is hereby amended by adding the following
Section 4.7:
4.7 Option grant for services to be performed under Section 3.6. In connection with those services to be performed pursuant to this Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement (as described in Section 3.6 above), Consultant shall receive an option to purchase 20,000 shares of PTC's common stock, $.01 par value per share, under the terms of the Stock Option Agreement dated September 14, 2000 between PTC and the Consultant attached hereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment #6 to Consulting Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
Consultant Parametric Technology Corporation /s/ Michael E. Porter /s/ C. Richard Harrison ----------------------------- --------------------------------------- Michael E. Porter C. Richard Harrison President and Chief Executive Officer |
No. 038504 20,000 Shares |
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan
Nonstatutory Stock Option Certificate
September 14, 2000
Parametric Technology Corporation (the "Company"), a Massachusetts corporation, hereby grants to the person named below an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company (the "Option") under and subject to the Company's 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") exercisable on the following terms and conditions set forth below and those attached hereto and in the Plan:
Name of Optionholder: Michael E. Porter Social Security Number 000-00-0000 Number of Shares: 20,000 Option Price: $ 13.1875 Date of Grant: September 14, 2000 Expiration: September 14, 2005 |
Exercisability Schedule:
on or after September 14, 2000, as to 50% of the shares, on or after October 1, 2000, as to 50% of the shares,
provided that Optionholder's consulting agreement with the Company is not
terminated earlier, in which event the Option, (i) to the extent exercisable
at the date of such termination, may not be exercised as to any shares after
the expiration of seven (7) months from the date of such termination, and
(ii) to the extent not exercisable at the date of such termination, shall be
canceled as to any such shares effective on the date of such termination.
This Option shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
By acceptance of this Option, the Optionholder agrees to the terms and conditions set forth above and those attached hereto and in the Plan.
OPTIONHOLDER PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION By: /s/ Michael E. Porter By: /s/ Edwin J. Gillis --------------------------- ----------------------------------- Optionholder Executive Vice President - CFO |
PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 1997 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
Nonstatutory Stock Option Terms And Conditions
(b) If the Participant's employment is terminated by reason of his or her retirement from the Company at normal retirement age, each Option then held by the Participant, to the extent exercisable at retirement, may be exercised by the Participant at any time within three (3) months after such retirement unless terminated earlier by its terms.
(c) If the Participant's employment or engagement is terminated by reason of his or her death, each Option then held by the Participant, to the extent exercisable at the date of death, may be exercised at any time within one year after that date (unless terminated earlier by its terms) by the person(s) to whom the Participant's option rights pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.
(d) If the Participant's employment or engagement is terminated by reason
of his or her becoming permanently and totally disabled, each Option then held
by the Participant, to the extent exercisable upon the occurrence of permanent
and total disability, may be exercised by the Participant at any time within one
(1) year after such occurrence unless terminated earlier by its terms. For
purposes hereof, an individual shall be deemed to be "permanently and totally
disabled" if he or she is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity
by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can
be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last
for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. Any determination
of permanent and total disability shall be made in good faith by the Company on
the basis of a report signed by a qualified physician.
Adopted November 14, 1996
EXHIBIT 10.21
PROPERTY
BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ARTICLE NUMBER CAPTION PAGE ------ ------- ---- I BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS 1 |
Section 1.1 Introduction 1
Section 1.2 Background 1
Section 1.3 Basic Data 2
Section 1.4 Enumeration of Exhibits 4
II PREMISES 5
Section 2.1 Demise and Lease of Premises 5
III LEASE TERM AND EXTENSION OPTIONS 6
Section 3.1 Term 6
Section 3.2 Extension Options 6
IV CONSTRUCTION 8
Section 4.0 Landlord's Base Building Work 8
Section 4.1 Cost of Landlord's Work 11
Section 4.2 Changes in Landlord's Work 12
Section 4.3 Work performed by Tenant 12
Section 4.4 Quality and Performance of Work 13
Section 4.5 Early Access 13
Section 4.6 Unused Construction Contingency 13
V ANNUAL FIXED RENT 14
Section 5.1 Fixed Rent 14
VI TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES 15
Section 6.1 Definitions 15
Section 6.2 Operating Costs Defined 17
Section 6.3 Tenant's Payments of Operating Expenses 21
Section 6.4 Effect of Multiple Rent Commencement Dates 23
Section 6.5 Management Fee Rent 23
VII LANDLORD'S REPAIRS AND SERVICES 24
Section 7.1 Structural Repairs 24
Section 7.2 Other Repairs to be Made By Landlord 24
Section 7.3 Services to be Provided by Landlord 24
Section 7.4 Electricity 25
Section 7.5 No Damage 25
VIII TENANT'S REPAIRS 26
Section 8.1 Tenant's Repairs and Maintenance 26
IX ALTERATIONS 27
Section 9.1 Landlord's Approval 27 Section 9.1.1 Certain Alterations 28 Section 9.2 Conformity of Work 28 Section 9.3 Performance of Work, Governmental Permits and Insurance 28 Section 9.4 Liens 29 Section 9.5 Nature of Alterations 29 |
X INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 30
XI CERTAIN TENANT COVENANTS 30
XII ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 33
Section 12.1 Restrictions on Transfer 33
Section 12.2 Exceptions for Parent or Subsidiary 33
Section 12.3 Exceptions for Certain Subleases 35
Section 12.4 Consent of Landlord 35
Section 12.5 Tenant's Notice 36
Section 12.6 Profit on Subleasing, Assignment, and
Certain Telecommunications License 36 Section 12.7 Additional Conditions 37 XIII INDEMNITY AND COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 38 Section 13.1 Tenant's Indemnity 38 Section 13.1.1 Landlord's Indemnity 39 Section 13.2 Commercial General Liability Insurance 40 Section 13.3 Tenant's Property Insurance 40 Section 13.4 Non-Subrogation 41 Section 13.5 Tenant's Risk 41 Section 13.6 Landlord's Insurance 41 XIV FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING 42 Section 14.1 Repair of Damage Caused by Casualty 42 Section 14.2 Landlord's Termination Rights 43 Section 14.3 Tenant's Termination Rights 45 Section 14.4 General Provisions Relating to Any Casualty Termination 47 Section 14.5 Intentionally Omitted 47 Section 14.6 Tenant's Termination Rights Based upon Taking 48 Section 14.7 General Taking Provisions 48 Section 14.8 Taking Proceeds 49 Section 14.9 Temporary Taking 50 XV DEFAULT 50 Section 15.1 Tenant's Default 50 Section 15.2 Termination; Re-Entry 51 Section 15.3 Continued Liability; Re-Letting 51 Section 15.4 Liquidated Damages 52 Section 15.5 Intentionally Omitted 53 Section 15.6 Landlord's Default; Tenant's Self-Help 54 XVI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 56 Section 16.1 Waiver 56 Section 16.2 Cumulative Remedies 56 Section 16.3 Quiet Enjoyment 56 Section 16.4 Surrender 57 Section 16.5 Brokerage 58 Section 16.6 Invalidity of Particular Provisions 58 |
Section 16.7 Provisions Binding, Etc. 58 Section 16.8 Recording 59 Section 16.9 Notices and Time for Action 59 Section 16.10 When Lease Becomes Binding 60 Section 16.11 Paragraph Headings 60 Section 16.12 Rights of Mortgagee 60 Section 16.13 Intentionally Omitted 61 Section 16.14 Intentionally Omitted 61 Section 16.15 Landlord's Financing, Tenant's Shadow Rating 61 Section 16.16 Status Report and Financial Statements 61 Section 16.17 Intentionally Omitted 62 Section 16.18 Holding Over 62 Section 16.19 Entry by Landlord 62 Section 16.20 Tenant's Payments 63 Section 16.21 Late Payment 63 Section 16.22 Counterparts 63 Section 16.23 Entire Agreement 63 Section 16.24 Limitations on Landlord 64 Section 16.25 No Partnership 64 Section 16.26 Letters of Credit 64 Section 16.27 Governing Law 67 Section 16.28 Signage 67 Section 16.29 Intentionally Omitted 68 Section 16.30 Landlord's Consent 68 Section 16.31 Tenant's Right of First Refusal to Purchase the Property 68 Section 16.32 Arbitration 72 Section 16.33 Confidentially 73 Exhibit A-1 Legal Description Exhibit A-2 Site Plan Exhibit B-1 Base Building Work Plans and Specifications Exhibit B-2 Tenant Improvement Work Plans and Specifications Exhibit B-3 Plans and Specifications for Off-Site Mitigation Work Exhibit B-4 Qualifications and Assumptions with respect to Landlord's Work Exhibit C Landlord's Services Exhibit D Property Floor Plans |
Exhibit E Form of Commencement Date Agreement Exhibit F Intentionally Omitted Exhibit G Broker Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent Exhibit H-1 Form of General Letter of Credit Exhibit H-2 Form of TI Letter of Credit |
140 KENDRICK STREET, NEEDHAM, MASSACHUSETTS
THIS INSTRUMENT IS AN INDENTURE OF LEASE made as of this 14th day of December, 1999 ("Execution Date") in which the Landlord and the Tenant are the parties hereinafter named, and which relates to the land ("Land") and the buildings to be constructed thereon, now know as and numbered 140 Kendrick Street, Needham, Massachusetts.
The parties to this instrument hereby agree with each other as follows:
A. Prior to the Execution Date, Tenant owned the Land. A legal description of the Land is attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and is substantially as shown in the site plan ("Site Plan") attached hereto as Exhibit A-2.
B. Tenant conveyed the Land to Landlord on the Execution Date pursuant to a Purchase and Sale and Leaseback Agreement dated December 10, 1999 by and between Tenant, as Seller, and Landlord, as Buyer.
C. The parties intend that Landlord construct three buildings, including a concourse between two of the buildings, a 1,127 space parking structure ("Garage"), and 207 surface parking spaces on the Land. Each building is referred to herein as a "Building", and the Buildings are collectively referred to herein as the "Buildings". The three buildings are referred to herein as Building A, Building B, and Building C and are shown on the Site Plan. "Landlord's Work" shall be defined as base building work ("Base Building Work") described in the plans and specifications referenced on Exhibit B-1, the tenant improvement work ("Tenant Improvement Work") described in the plans and specifications referenced on Exhibit B-2, the off-site mitigation work described on Exhibit B-3, and the Qualifications and Assumptions with respect to Landlord's Work set forth on Exhibit B-4.
Execution Date: December 14, 1999 Landlord: Boston Properties Limited Partnership Present Mailing Address of Landlord: 800 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02199-8001 Attention: General Counsel Landlord's Construction Representative: James C. Rosenfeld or John Camera Tenant: Parametric Technology Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation Present Mailing Address of Tenant: 128 Technology Drive Waltham, Massachusetts 02453 Attention: Mr. Joseph M. Joyce, Director of Real Estate Tenant's Construction Representative: Mr. Joseph M. Joyce Term or Lease Term: Commencing on the Commencement Date and terminating as of the date ("Expiration Date") twelve (12) years after the first Rent Commencement Date. Extension Options: Three (3) consecutive periods of five (5) years each as provided in and on the terms set forth in Section 3.2 hereof. Rent Year: If the Rent Commencement Date in respect of each of Building A, Building B, and Building C occurs on or before March 1, 2001, then: (i) the first Rent Year in respect of each Building shall commence as of the Rent Commencement Date in respect of such Building and the first Rent Year in respect of all three Buildings shall end as of the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the first Rent Commencement Date, and -2- |
(ii) each subsequent Rent Year for all three Buildings shall be the twelve month period commencing as of any anniversary of the first Rent Commencement Date. If the Rent Commencement Date in respect of any Building occurs after March 1, 2001, then the Rent Year in respect of each Building shall be defined as the twelve (12) month period commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date in respect of such Building, or as of any anniversary of such Rent Commencement Date. Commencement Date: The Execution Date. Rent Commencement Date: See Section 3.1. Premises or Property: The Land and all of the improvements thereon to be constructed as part of Landlord's Work ("Improvements"). Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings: Is agreed to be 380,987 square feet. The Rentable Floor Area of Buildings is as follows: Building Rentable Floor Area A 108,907 square feet B 101,346 square feet C 170,734 square feet Annual Fixed Rent: |
Initial Term:
Rent Annual Fixed Rent Monthly Payment ----- ------- Year 1-4 $8,659,834.51 $721,652.88 5-8 $9,376,090.07 $781,340.84 9-12 $10,092,345.63 $841,028.80 Extension Options: See Section 3.2. |
Tenant Electricity: Separately metered to Tenant as described in Section 7.4. Additional Rent: All charges and other sums payable by Tenant as set forth in this Lease, in addition to Annual Fixed Rent. Management Fee: See Section 6.5. Initial Minimum Limits $10,000,000 combined (primary and of Tenant's Commercial excess coverage) single limit per General Liability Insurance: occurrence on a per location basis. Permitted Use: General office use, research and development, and other ancillary uses (including a cafeteria), subject to applicable zoning and other laws and all governmental permits and approvals applicable to the Property. Broker: Spaulding & Slye Colliers Services Limited Partnership Letters of Credit: TI Letter of Credit: $16,429,000.00 General Letter of Credit: $8,700,000.00, subject to reduction in accordance with Section 16.26 of the Lease, and subject to increase in accordance with Section 12.2. Landlord's Work: See Paragraph C of Section 1.2. Base Building Work: See Paragraph C of Section 1.2. Tenant Improvement Work: See Paragraph C of Section 1.2. Off-Site Mitigation Work: See Paragraph C of Section 1.2. |
Exhibit A-1 Legal Description of Land Exhibit A-2 Site Plan Exhibit B-1 Plans and Specifications for Base Building Work Exhibit B-2 Plans and Specifications for Tenant Improvement Work Exhibit B-3 Off-Site Mitigation Work Exhibit B-4 Assumptions and Qualifications with respect to Landlord's Work Exhibit C Landlord's Services Exhibit D Intentionally Omitted Exhibit E Form of Commencement Date Agreement Exhibit F Intentionally omitted. Exhibit G Broker Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent Exhibit H-1 Form of General Letter of Credit Exhibit H-2 Form of TI Letter of Credit |
A. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and accepts from Landlord, the entire Premises, subject to provisions of this Lease.
B. Measurement of Rentable Floor Area. The parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) they have agreed upon the Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings, (ii) the agreed upon amounts are based upon the plans and specifications for the Base Building Work, as described on Exhibit B-1, which were prepared by the Tenant and which were approved by Landlord, and (iii) such agreed upon amounts are set forth in Section 1.3 of this Lease.
A. The Substantial Completion Date, as defined in Section 4.0, with respect to such Building; or
B. With Landlord's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the date on which Tenant commences use of such Building, or any portion of such Building, for the regular conduct of Tenant's business (the parties hereby agreeing that the installation and testing of Tenant's furniture, fixtures and equipment shall not be considered to be business purposes).
At the request of either Landlord or Tenant and as soon as may be convenient after each Rent Commencement Date has been determined, Landlord and Tenant agree to join with each other in the execution, in the form of Exhibit E hereto, of a written Commencement Date Agreement in which such Rent Commencement Date and specified Lease Term of this Lease shall be stated, provided however, that the failure by either party to execute such Commencement Date Agreements shall not affect the Rent Commencement Dates or the Lease Term.
C. Upon the timely giving of Tenant's Request and of Tenant's Exercise Notice by Tenant with respect to any Extended Term, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2(B) above, then this Lease and the Lease Term hereof shall automatically be deemed extended, for the applicable Extended Term, without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents, except that Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an instrument in writing setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term as determined in the relevant manner set forth in this Section 3.2; and in such event all references
herein to the Lease Term or the Term of this Lease shall be construed as referring to the Lease Term, as so extended, unless the context clearly otherwise requires. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have the right to exercise more than one extension option at a time and, further, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its second extension option unless it has duly exercised its first extension option and Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its third extension option unless it has duly exercised both its first and second extension options. In no event shall the Lease Term hereof be extended for more than fifteen (15) years after the expiration of the Original Lease Term hereof.
(x) Tenant has not (except for subleases permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) subleased more than fifty-five (55%) percent of the Premises, or
(y) Tenant has not (except for subleases permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) subleased any portion of either Building A or of Building B; or
(z) Tenant has not (except for subleases permitted without Landlord's consent under Section 12.2) subleased any portion of Building C.
A. Target Dates. Subject to delays due to Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, Landlord shall use reasonable speed and diligence in the performance of Landlord's Work, to achieve the Actual Substantial Completion Dates with respect to both Building A and Building B on or before December 15, 2000 and to achieve the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to all of Landlord's Work on or before January 25, 2001 (said December 15, 2000 and January 25, 2001 dates being referred to herein as "Target Dates"). Landlord shall use all diligent efforts to enforce its rights against Landlord's general contractor to achieve the Actual Substantial Completion Date of Landlord's Work on or before the Target Dates; however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, but subject to Paragraph F of this Section 4.0, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord, and Landlord shall have no liability to
Tenant, based upon Landlord's failure to substantially complete Landlord's Work on or before such Target Dates. Landlord shall, during the performance of Landlord's Work, furnish to Tenant monthly reports of the status of the Landlord's Work including a construction schedule and the completion of work to date.
B. The "Actual Substantial Completion Date" with respect to any Building shall be defined as the date on which: (i) the portion of Landlord's Work to be performed with respect to such Building is substantially complete, other than Punch List Items, as hereinafter defined, and (ii) subject to Paragraph G of this Section 4.0, Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy permitting Tenant to legally occupy such Building, and (iii) the portion of Landlord's Work to be performed with respect to the Garage is substantially complete, other than Punch List Items, and (iv) subject to Paragraph G of this Section 4.0, Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy ("Garage Certificate of Occupancy") permitting Tenant to legally use the Garage. Any dispute with respect to any Substantial Completion Date shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 16.32 of the Lease and the decision of the arbitrators as to such dates shall be deemed conclusive and binding on both Landlord and Tenant. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall limit or qualify or prejudice any other covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease.
C. The "Substantial Completion Date" with respect to any Building shall be the "Actual Substantial Completion Date" with respect to such Building, unless Landlord's Work is actually delayed by Tenant Delays, as hereinafter defined, in which event the "Substantial Completion Date" with respect to any Building shall be defined as the date that the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to such Building would have occurred but for such Tenant Delays.
D. "Punch List Items" shall be defined as minor, punch list type items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures in the Premises which can be completed after Tenant commences its occupancy of the Premises without causing material interference with Tenant's use of the Premises for the conduct of its business. Landlord shall complete, as soon as conditions practically permit, all Punch List Items, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in providing access during the performance as may be required to complete such work in a normal manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after Tenant opens for business in the Premises, the completion of all Punch List Items which involve the making of noise which would interfere with the operation of a first-class business office or the creation of any dirt or debris in any portion of the Premises then occupied by Tenant will be performed after the Building's business hours. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to complete Punch List Items with respect to the portion of Landlord's Work performed for any Building within thirty (30) days after the Actual Substantial Completion Date for such Building, except Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to complete Punch List Items which cannot reasonably
be completed within thirty (30) days after such Actual Substantial Completion Date, as soon as reasonably possible after such Actual Substantial Completion Date.
E. A "Tenant Delay" shall be defined as any delay in the performance of Landlord's Work to the extent that such delay is directly caused by any act, omission, or default on the part of Tenant or its contractors including, without limitation, the utility companies and other entities furnishing communications, data processing or other service or equipment (including, without limitation, any such delay which results in a delay by Landlord in obtaining the Certificate of Occupancy).
F. Tenant's Termination Right.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if the first Rent Commencement Date does not occur on or before July 15, 2001, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease by giving Landlord a written notice ("Termination Notice") after July 15, 2001. If the first Rent Commencement Date does not occur on or before the date ninety (90) days after Landlord receives the Termination Notice from Tenant ("Effective Termination Date"), then the Term shall terminate effective as of the Effective Termination Date, Landlord shall promptly return both the General Letter of Credit and the TI Letter of Credit to Tenant, and neither party shall have any further liability to other party. If the Rent Commencement Date occurs on or before the Effective Termination Date, then the Termination Notice shall be void and without further force or effect and Tenant shall have no right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph F.
in any of such circumstances: (i) it shall be deemed that the Flammables Permit has not been obtained, and (ii) Landlord shall diligently pursue all appeals which are available to Landlord to obtain the Flammables Permit as soon as possible. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform or be subject to any conditions imposed in connection with the issuance of the Flammables Permit.
A. Subject to Paragraph C of this Section 4.1, Landlord shall be responsible for the entire cost of the Base Building Work.
B. Landlord shall fund the cost of Tenant Improvement Work, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph B. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount ("Tenant Payment") equal to the sum of Sixteen Million Four Hundred Twenty- Thousand ($16,429,000.00) Dollars towards the cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Tenant Payment as follows:
. Tenant shall pay to Landlord $4,699,000.00 on the Rent Commencement
Date with respect to Building A
. Tenant shall pay to Landlord $4,370,000.00 on the Rent Commencement
Date with respect to Building B
. Tenant shall pay to Landlord $7,360,000.00 on the Rent Commencement
Date with respect to Building C.
C. Tenant shall be responsible for any costs incurred by Landlord in
performing Landlord's Work to the extent that the same arise directly from
Tenant Delays. Such costs, together with interest at the rate specified in
Section 16.21, accruing on such costs from the date that such costs are
incurred by Landlord until paid by Tenant, shall be due and payable by
Tenant, as additional rent, after the final Rent Commencement Date within
thirty (30) days of billing therefor.
D. As security for Tenant's obligation to pay the Tenant Payment to Landlord, Tenant shall, at the time that Tenant executes and delivers the Lease to Landlord, deliver to Landlord the TI Letter of Credit, as defined in Section 16.26. If Tenant fails timely to pay to Landlord any portion of the Tenant Payment when such portion is due, Landlord shall have the right, upon five (5) business days written notice to Tenant to draw down a portion of the TI Letter of Credit equal to the past due amount and to apply the proceeds of the TI Letter of Credit against such past due portion of the Tenant Payment. If for any reason any portion of the Tenant Payment is due and payable from Tenant on or after the date thirty (30) days prior to the Stated Expiration Date of the TI Letter of Credit (as the same may be extended), Tenant shall, within five (5) business days of demand by Landlord deliver to Landlord either an amendment of the TI Letter of Credit extending the Stated Expiration Date for an additional one (1) year period or a
substitute TI Letter of Credit in place of the TI Letter of Credit for an additional one (1) year period. If Tenant fails timely to deliver such amendment or substitute TI Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right, without further notice, to draw down the entire TI Letter of Credit, less the amount of any portion of the Tenant Payment previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, and hold the proceeds of such draw in an interest bearing account as security for Tenant's obligation to pay the Tenant Payment, as aforesaid. Upon the full payment of the Tenant Payment to Landlord, Landlord shall return the TI Letter of Credit to Tenant.
A. All construction work required or permitted by this Lease shall, in all material respects, be done: (i) in accordance with the plans and specifications for Landlord's Work which are referenced on Exhibits B-1, B- 2, B-3, and B-4, (ii) in
a good and workmanlike manner, and (iii) in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, by-laws, court decisions, and orders and requirements of all public authorities ("Legal Requirements") and all Insurance Requirements (as defined in Section 9.1 hereof). Each party authorizes the other to rely in connection with design and construction upon the written approval or other written authorizations on the party's behalf by any Construction Representative of the party named in Section 1.3 or any person hereafter designated in substitution or addition by notice to the party relying.
B. Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph B, Landlord shall be responsible to Tenant for latent defects in Landlord's Work, but only: (i) to the extent that such latent defects are covered by valid and enforceable warranties which Landlord has from any contractor or vendor who provided labor and/or materials in connection with Landlord's Work, and (ii) to the extent that Tenant gives Landlord notice in writing of a defect in Landlord's Work within the applicable time period under any such warranty. As Landlord's sole obligation to Tenant based upon any such latent defect, Landlord shall, at Landlord's option, either pursue a claim for the correction of such defect directly against the contractor or vendor in question, or Landlord shall assign any such warranties to Tenant for enforcement.
With Landlord's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall have the right, without payment of Annual Fixed Rent or other charges, to enter the Premises prior to the Substantial Completion Date, during normal business hours and such other times as Landlord's contractor is performing work on the Premises, and without payment of rent, to perform such work (including, without limitation, the installation of Tenant's computer room, furniture, equipment, and other personal property of Tenant) as is to be performed by, or under the direction or control of, Tenant and as is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Lease. Such right of entry shall be deemed a license from Landlord to Tenant, and any entry thereunder shall be at the risk of Tenant.
Reference is made to the fact that Landlord's general contractor is carrying a construction contingency in the amount of $1,250,000.00 under its Guaranteed Maximum Price contract to perform Landlord's Work and that Landlord itself is carrying a construction change order contingency in the amount of $550,000.00 in connection with the performance of Landlord's Work (collectively "Contingencies"). Landlord agrees that if, Landlord achieves a savings in such Contingencies, Landlord will, after the completion of Landlord's Work create a reserve fund ("Reserve Fund") equal to the lesser of: (i) $900,000.00, or (ii) fifty
percent (50%) of the amount of such savings in such Contingencies. The Reserve Fund shall be used for the payment of improvements to the Property which may be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (each acting reasonably) during the initial Lease Term or during any Extended Term; however, to the extent that the Reserve Fund is not used for such improvements, then the entire balance of the Reserve Fund shall, upon the termination of the Term or any Extended Term, be retained by Landlord solely for the benefit of Landlord.
A. Subject to Paragraph B of this Section 5.1, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, or as directed by Landlord at such place as Landlord shall from time to time designate by notice, (1) commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, as herein defined, for each Building, and thereafter monthly, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the initial Lease Term, one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Fixed Rent specified in Section 1.3 hereof and (2) on the first day of each and every calendar month during each Extended Term (if exercised), one-twelfth of the Annual Fixed Rent as determined in Section 3.2 for the applicable Extended Term. Until notice of some other designation is given, Annual Fixed Rent and all other charges for which provision is herein made shall be paid by remittance to or to the order of at P.O. Box 3557, Boston, Massachusetts 02241-3557, and all remittances received by BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, or by any subsequently designated recipient, shall be treated as a payment to Landlord.
B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained:
1. Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent or other charges with respect to any Building prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to such Building, and
2. If all of the Buildings do not have the same Rent Commencement Date and/or, in accordance with the definition of the term "Rent Year", as set forth in Section 1.3, all of the Buildings do not have the same Rent Year after the first Rent Year, then the amount of Annual Fixed Rent payable in respect of each Building shall be based upon a pro rata allocation to such Building based upon the rent schedule and the agreed upon Rentable Floor Area of such Building as set forth in Section 1.3.
C. Annual Fixed Rent for any partial month shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at such rate on a pro rata basis, and, if the Rent Commencement Date in respect of any Building shall occur on other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment of Annual Fixed Rent which Tenant shall make to Landlord in respect of such Building shall be a payment equal to a proportionate part of such monthly Annual Fixed Rent for the partial month from such Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the succeeding calendar month.
D. Additional Rent payable by Tenant on a monthly basis, as elsewhere provided in this Lease, likewise shall be prorated, and the first payment on account thereof in respect of any Building shall be determined in similar fashion and shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date in respect of such Building and other provisions of this Lease calling for monthly payments shall be read as incorporating this undertaking by Tenant.
The Annual Fixed Rent and all other charges for which provision is made in this Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord without setoff, deduction or abatement, except as expressly set forth in the Lease.
A. "Tax Year" means the 12-month period beginning July 1 each year during the Lease Term or if the appropriate Governmental tax fiscal period shall begin on any date other than July 1, such other date.
B. "Landlord's Tax Expenses" with respect to any Tax Year means the aggregate "real estate taxes" (hereinafter defined) with respect to that Tax Year, reduced by any net abatement receipts with respect to that Tax Year.
C. "Real estate taxes" means all taxes and special assessments of every kind and nature and user fees and other like fees assessed by any Governmental authority on, or, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph C, allocable by Landlord to, the Buildings which the Landlord shall be obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property, less the amount of any abatements received by Landlord (net of the reasonable amount of any costs incurred by Landlord in obtaining such abatements to the extent that Landlord has not previously included such costs in Operating Expenses), and reasonable expenses of any proceedings for abatement of taxes. The amount of special taxes or special assessments to be included in real estate taxes shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest other than penalty interest payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment required to be
paid during the year in respect of which such taxes are being determined. There shall be excluded from such taxes interest or penalties on late payment of real estate taxes (except to the extent that such late payment is due to late payment of real estate taxes by Tenant), all linkage payments, special assessments imposed prior to the Commencement Date, and all income, estate, succession, gift, inheritance, corporate excise and transfer taxes; provided, however, that if at any time during the Lease Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of, or in addition to, the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real property, there shall be assessed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Property, or a Federal, State, County, Municipal, or other local income, franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located) measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term "real estate taxes" but only to the extent that the same would be payable if the Property, were the only property of Landlord. To the extent that real estate taxes shall be payable to the taxing authority in installments with respect to periods less than a Tax Year, the statement to be furnished by Landlord shall be rendered and payments made on account of such installments. Real estate taxes for the Tax Years in which each Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date occur shall be pro-rated between Landlord and Tenant.
D. Landlord will, upon the written request of Tenant, either apply for abatements, or allow Tenant to apply for abatements in their own name, or in Landlord's name, at Tenant's own cost (subject to Tenant's right to recover such costs on a first dollar basis from the abatement proceeds, if any). If Tenant applies for an abatement of real estate taxes, then Landlord shall have the right to be involved in each step of the abatement process, including, without limitation, Landlord's right to approve all filings in connection with such abatement proceedings (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the right to attend all meetings between Tenant and its representatives and the representatives of the Town of Needham.
(a) compensation, wages and all fringe benefits, workmen's compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes paid to, for or with respect to all persons for their services in the operating, managing (including, without limitation, accounting services), insuring, repairing, maintaining, replacing, or cleaning of the Property, provided however, that with respect to any individual who is not employed full time in performing services with respect to the Property, the costs for such individual shall be allocated to the Property on the basis of the relative time spent by such individual in performing services for the Property;
(b) payments under service contracts with independent contractors for operating, maintaining or cleaning of the Property;
(c) steam, water, sewer, gas, oil, electricity and telephone charges and costs of maintaining letters of credit or other security as may be required by utility companies as a condition of providing such services;
(d) cost of maintenance, cleaning and repairs and replacements(other than repairs reimbursed from contractors under warranties or guarantees);
(e) cost of snow removal and care of landscaping;
(f) cost of building and cleaning supplies and equipment;
(g) premiums for insurance carried with respect to the Buildings and other Improvements of the Property (including, without limitation, liability insurance, insurance against loss in case of fire or casualty and of monthly installments of the gross rent of the Property for a period of not more than twelve (12) months in the case of both, and, if there be any first mortgage on the Property, including such insurance as may be required by the holder of such first mortgage);
(h) intentionally omitted;
(i) depreciation (a) for capital expenditures made by Landlord after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur but only to the extent such improvements are required by applicable law, ordinance or regulation adopted after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur, and (b) for any capital replacement made after the expiration of the initial Lease Term.
Depreciation shall (i) include an interest factor, reasonably determined by Landlord, as being the interest rate then charged for long term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the general locality in which the Property is located, and (ii) be determined by dividing the
original cost of such capital expenditure by the number of years of useful life of the capital item acquired, which useful life shall be determined reasonably by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item.
(j) Landlord's Tax Expenses, as defined in Section 6.1(c) (the parties hereby acknowledging that Landlord's Tax Expenses for each calendar year shall include the actual amount of Landlord's Tax Expenses for the Tax Periods included in such calendar year and that Landlord's Tax Expenses shall be equitably pro-rated for the calendar years in which each Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date occur);
(k) the cost of maintaining and replacing all signage for the Property; and
(l) all other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the operating, cleaning and maintenance of the Property and properly chargeable against income, including, without limitation, the cost of any maintenance or repairs which are required as the direct result of the act, omission, or fault of Tenant, or Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall be excluded from Operating Expenses:
(A) Leasing fees or commissions, advertising and promotional expenses, legal fees in connection with lease negotiations, the cost of tenant improvements, build out allowances, moving expenses, assumption of rent under existing leases and other concessions incurred in connection with leasing space in the Property;
(B) Interest on indebtedness, debt amortization, ground rent, and refinancing costs for any mortgage or ground lease of the Property, provided however, that the foregoing shall not exclude the inclusion of the amortization and interest permitted to be included in Operating Expenses on account of capital improvements under Section 6.2(i) above;
(C) Legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs, (other than those legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs incurred in connection with the normal and routine maintenance and operation of the Property), including, without limitation, those: (i) paid or incurred in connection with financings, refinancings or sales of any Landlord's interest in the Property, (ii) relating to specific disputes with tenants, and (iii) relating to any special reporting required by securities laws;
(D) any management fees (see Section 6.5 for Tenant's obligation to pay Management Fee);
(E) The cost of any item or service to the extent reimbursable to Landlord by insurance required to be maintained under the Lease, by any tenant, or any third party;
(F) The cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire, casualty, or condemnation other than costs not in excess of the deductible on any insurance maintained by Landlord which provides a recovery for such repair or replacement (which deductible shall in no event exceed $25,000.00);
(G) Insurance premiums to the extent any tenant causes Landlord's existing insurance premiums to increase or requires Landlord to purchase additional insurance because of such tenant's use of the Property for other than office purposes;
(H) Any advertising, promotional or marketing expenses for the Property;
(I) The cost of any service or materials provided by any party related to Landlord, to the extent such costs exceed the reasonable cost for such service or materials absent such relationship in buildings similar to the Buildings in the vicinity of the Property;
(J) Payments for rented equipment, the cost of which equipment would constitute a capital expenditure if the equipment were purchased to the extent that such payments exceed the amount which could have been included in Operating Expenses had Landlord purchased such equipment rather than leasing such equipment;
(K) Penalties, damages, and interest for late payment or violations of any obligations of Landlord, including, without limitation, taxes, insurance, equipment leases and other past due amounts, except to the extent that such late payment arises from the late payment of Operating Expenses by Tenant;
(L) Contributions to charitable organizations;
(M) Costs incurred in removing the property of former tenants or other occupants of the Property;
(N) The cost of acquiring, installing, moving or restoring objects or art;
(O) Wages, salaries, or other compensation paid to any executive employees above the grade of general manager at the Property, except that if any such employee performs a service which would have been performed by an outside consultant, the compensation paid to such employee for performing such service shall be included in Operating Expenses, to the extent only that the cost of such service does not exceed competitive cost of such service had such service been rendered by an outside consultant;
(P) The net (i.e. net of the reasonable costs of collection) amount recovered by Landlord under any warranty or service agreement from any contractor or service provider shall be credited against Operating Expenses;
(Q) The amount of any penalty or fine incurred by Landlord due to Landlord's violation of any federal, state or local law or regulation, and any interest or penalties due for late payment by Landlord of any Operating Expenses, except, in either case to the extent that such penalties, interest or fine are due to Tenant's failure to make timely payment of any Operating Expenses which are required to be made by Tenant under this Lease;
(R) The costs or repairs necessitated by Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct (the parties hereby agreeing that the costs of repairs necessitated by Landlord's negligence shall be excluded from Operating Expenses to the maximum extent permitted by law);
(S) Expenses for any item or service which Tenant pays directly to a third party or separately reimburses Landlord;
(T) Reserves; or
(U) Capital replacements and improvements, except to the extent included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2(i) above.
A. Commencing as of first Rent Commencement Date to occur and, subject to
Section 6.4, continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord, as Additional Rent, all Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord
during the Lease Term.
B. Subject to Paragraph C of this Section 6.3, payments by Tenant on account of the Operating Expenses shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent. The amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by Landlord to be sufficient to cover, in the aggregate, a sum equal to the Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Lease Term.
C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that, so long as, there has been no Event of Default by Tenant in the immediately preceding twelve month period, Tenant shall have the right to make payments on account of Real Estate Taxes directly to the Real Estate Tax collecting authority. Such payments shall be due and payable in installments in the amount required by the Real Estate Tax assessing authority on or before the later of: (i) ten (10) days of billing therefor by Landlord, or (ii) ten (10) days prior to the last day that the same may be paid to the Real Estate Tax collecting authority without incurring interest or penalties. Tenant shall, at the time that it makes any payment of Real Estate Taxes directly to the collecting authority simultaneously deliver reasonable evidence to Landlord that Tenant has made such payment.
D. No later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the first calendar year or fraction thereof ending December 31 and of each succeeding calendar year during the Lease Term or fraction thereof at the end of the Lease Term, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices certified by a representative of Landlord, showing for the preceding calendar year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the Operating Expenses. Said statement to be rendered to Tenant also shall show for the preceding year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the amounts already paid by Tenant on account of Operating Expenses and the amount of Operating Expenses remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement.
If such statement shows a balance remaining due to Landlord, Tenant shall pay same to Landlord on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt by Tenant of said statement. Any balance shown as due to Tenant shall be credited against Annual Fixed Rent next due, or refunded to Tenant on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the issuance of such statement, if the Lease Term has then expired and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord.
To the extent that real estate taxes shall be payable to the taxing authority in installments with respect to periods less than a Tax Year, the statement to be furnished by Landlord shall be rendered and payments made on account of such installments.
E. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's cost and expense, to examine all documentation and calculations prepared in the determination of Operating Expenses:
1. Such documentation and calculation shall be made available to Tenant at the offices where Landlord keeps such records during normal business hours within a reasonable time after Landlord receives a written request from Tenant to make such examination.
2. Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any period in which Landlord has given Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Operating Expenses.
3. Any request for examination in respect of any calendar year may be made no more than one (1) year after Landlord advises Tenant of the actual amount of Operating Expenses in respect of such calendar year and provides to Tenant the year-end statement required under Paragraph C of this Section 6.3.
4. Such examination may be made only by an examiner approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting Landlord's approval rights, Landlord may withhold its approval of any examiner of Tenant who is being paid by Tenant on a contingent fee basis.
5. As a condition to performing any such examination, Tenant and its examiners shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Property in connection with such examination, provided however, that Tenant shall be permitted to share such information with each of its permitted subtenants so long as such subtenants execute and deliver to Landlord similar confidentiality agreements.
6. Any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the results of any
such audit shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with
Section 16.32.
7. If, Tenant performs any such audit, it is determined that Landlord has overcharged Tenant on account of Operating Expenses by more than five (5%) percent, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in performing such audit.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, for the purpose of determining the amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant with respect to each Building after the first Rent Commencement Date, but prior to the date that the Rent Commencement Dates with respect to all of the Buildings have occurred, the parties hereby agree that Operating Expenses shall be allocated to each of the Buildings on the following basis: Tenant shall pay (i) one hundred (100%) percent of the actual amount of any Operating Expenses incurred with respect to any Building for which a Rent Commencement Date has occurred, (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section 6.4,
any Operating Expenses which are incurred by Landlord on a Property-wide basis (e.g. maintenance costs for exterior areas, insurance premiums and, if there are no separate tax parcels for each Building, real estate taxes) shall be allocated among each Buildings on the basis of the relative Rentable Floor Areas of the Buildings, and (iii) any Operating Expenses with respect to the pavilion between Building A and Building B shall be allocated one hundred (100%) percent to Building A. The parties hereby confirm and agree that, from and after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur, and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay one hundred (100%) percent of all Operating Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, Tenant shall be required to pay one hundred (100%) percent of the costs of: (x) the removal of snow and ice, (y) the cost of exterior lighting (except to the extent that such cost is related to Landlord's construction activities), and (z) landscaping (except to the extent that such cost is related to Landlord's construction activities).
Commencing as of the first Rent Commencement Date to occur and continuing thereafter throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, a management fee ("Management Fee") which is equal to two and one-half (2.5%) percent of the gross rent of the Property (i.e. fixed rent, operating expenses and real estate taxes), from time to time. Management Fee shall be payable, on the first day of each month in advance at the same time and in the same manner as Annual Fixed Rent is payable by Tenant to Landlord. The monthly payments on account of Management Fee by Tenant, from time to time, shall be based, in part, on Landlord's reasonable estimates of the amount of Operating Expenses (including Real Estate Taxes) for the calendar year in question. At the time that the actual amount of Operating Expenses for any calendar year is determined, there shall be an adjustment in the amount of Management Fee payable for such calendar year, which adjustment shall be made in the same time, in the same manner, and subject to the same conditions as set forth in Section 6.3.
A. Tenant shall contract with the company supplying electric current for the purchase and obtaining by Tenant of electric current directly from such company to be billed directly to, and paid for by, Tenant.
B. Tenant agrees that it will not make any material alteration or material addition to the electrical equipment and/or appliances in the premises without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance first obtained, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and will promptly advise Landlord of any other alteration or addition to such electrical equipment and/or appliances.
rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the necessity of Landlord or its agents entering the Premises for any purposes in this Lease authorized, or for repairing the Premises or any portion of the Building or Property however the necessity may occur. In case Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord's part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord's control, including, without limitation, strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, order or regulation of or by any Governmental authority, or failure of supply, or inability by the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain supplies, parts or employees necessary to furnish such services, or because of war or other emergency, or for any cause due directly to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant's servants, agents, employees, licensees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (such causes being referred to herein collectively as "Landlord's Force Majeure"), Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor, except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant's favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises. The parties hereby agree that financial inability shall not constitute Landlord's Force Majeure.
responsible for the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of damages to the Property by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or of Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees, concessionaires, or invitees, provided however, that the provisions of this sentence shall not require Tenant to pay for the repair or restoration damage caused by a peril covered by property/casualty insurance which Landlord is required to carry pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or which Landlord in fact carries, except to the extent of the lesser of: (i) $25,000.00 per occurrence, or (ii) the amount of Landlord's deductible under such insurance. Tenant shall maintain all its equipment, furniture and furnishings in good order and repair.
If repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord may, upon reasonable advance notice, except that no notice shall be required in an emergency, demand that Tenant make the same forthwith, and if Tenant wrongfully refuses or neglects to commence such repairs and complete the same with reasonable dispatch after such demand, Landlord may (but shall not be required to do so) make or cause such repairs to be made and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant's stock or business by reason thereof. If Landlord makes or causes such repairs to be made, Tenant agrees that Tenant will forthwith on demand, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the cost thereof together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 16.21, and if Tenant shall default in such payment, Landlord shall have the remedies provided for non-payment of rent or other charges payable hereunder.
A. Tenant covenants and agrees not to make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, whether before or during the Lease Term, except in accordance with plans and specifications therefor first approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlord's determination of matters relating to aesthetic issues relating to alterations, additions or improvements which are visible outside of the Buildings shall be in Landlord's bona fide business judgment. Without limiting such standard, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable for withholding approval of any alterations, additions or improvements which (i) in Landlord's reasonable opinion might adversely affect any structural or exterior element of the Building, any area or element outside of the Premises or any facility serving any area of the Building outside of the Premises; provided however, that this clause (i) shall not prevent Tenant from performing work or alterations after the Delivery Date for each Building for the purpose of installing file rooms or similar facilities so long as Tenant conforms to Landlord's reasonable requirements (e.g. as to structural
reinforcement) with respect thereto and so long as Tenant pays for any costs associated with such work, or (ii) involve or affect the exterior design, size, height or other exterior dimensions of any Building.
B. If Landlord fails, within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt from Tenant of a Tenant Alteration Request, as hereinafter defined, to respond in writing to such Request (i.e. either by approving such Request or by disapproving such Request and advising Tenant of the basis of such disapproval), then such Request shall conclusively be deemed to have been approved by Landlord. For the purposes hereof, a "Tenant Alteration Request" shall be defined as a written request by Tenant to perform an alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises which contains: (i) Tenant's plans and specifications describing the same, and (ii) a written statement, specifically referring to this Paragraph B, to the effect that if Landlord fails to respond to such Request within ten (10) business days of Landlord's receipt of such Request, Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have approved such Request.
C. Landlord's review and approval of any such plans and specifications and consent to perform work described therein shall not be deemed an agreement by Landlord that such plans, specifications and work conform with applicable Legal Requirements and requirements of insurers of the Building (herein called "Insurance Requirements") nor deemed a waiver of Tenant's obligations under this Lease with respect to applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements nor impose any liability or obligation upon Landlord with respect to the completeness, design sufficiency or compliance of such plans, specifications and work with applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements.
(i) the same are within the interior of the Buildings, and do not affect the exterior of the Premises and the Buildings;
(ii) the same do not affect the roof, any structural element of the Buildings or of the other Improvements,
(iii) the same do not require material alteration of the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and fire protection systems of the Buildings; and
(iv) Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Lease and if such work increases the cost of insurance or taxes or of services, Tenant shall pay for any such increase in cost.
(a) All trade fixtures whether by law deemed to be a part of the realty or not, installed at any time or times by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant or persons claiming under Tenant and may be removed by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant at any time or times during the Lease Term or any occupancy by Tenant thereafter and such trade fixtures which are installed after the Rent Commencement Date in any Building shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term if so requested by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the removal by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant of any such property from the Premises.
(b) Landlord may require Tenant to remove, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, any alterations, additions or improvements that are not standard for general offices and which would increase the costs of demolishing the space for another tenant. Landlord agrees to make such election at the time Landlord approves Tenant's plans for such alterations, additions or improvements (or at the time Tenant gives Landlord plans and specifications for work performed pursuant to Section 9.1.1). Upon such removal, Tenant shall restore the Premises to their condition prior to such alterations, additions and improvements and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to remove any portion of the Landlord's Work.
(c) If Tenant shall make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises for which Landlord's approval is required under Section 9.1 without obtaining such approval, then at Landlord's request at any time during the Lease Term, and at any event at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove such alterations, additions and improvements and restore the Premises to their condition
prior to same and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration. Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a consent to Tenant to make any such alterations, additions or improvements, the provisions of Section 9.1 being applicable to any such work.
Tenant covenants during the Lease Term and for such further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:
11.1 To pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and all charges for utility services rendered to the Premises and service inspections therefor except as otherwise provided in Exhibit C and, as further Additional Rent, all charges for additional and special services rendered pursuant to Section 7.3. 11.2 Not to use and occupy the Premises for any use other than the Permitted Use, and not to injure or deface the Premises or the Property and not to permit in the Premises any auction sale, vending machine (other than for the use of Tenant's employees) or flammable fluids or chemicals, or nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any objectionable noise or odor and not to use or devote the Premises or any part thereof for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, nor any use thereof which is inconsistent with the maintenance of the Property as an office campus of the first-class in the quality of its maintenance, use and occupancy, or which is improper, offensive, contrary to law or ordinance or liable to invalidate or increase the premiums for any insurance on the Buildings or the other Improvements or their contents or liable to render necessary any alteration or addition to the Buildings or other Improvements. Further, (i) Tenant shall not, nor shall Tenant permit its employees, invitees, agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees or subtenants to, keep, maintain, store or dispose of (into the sewage or waste disposal system or otherwise) (except for standard office supplies in such quantities and used in such manner as are typically found in first-class business offices which are stored, handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable laws) or engage in any activity which might produce or generate any substance which is or may hereafter be classified as a hazardous material, waste or substance (collectively "Hazardous Materials"), under federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., 49 U.S.C. Section 1802 et seq. and Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 21E and the rules and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, as such laws, rules and regulations may be amended from time to time (collectively "Hazardous Materials Laws"), (ii) Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of -30- |
any incident in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Property that would require the filing of a notice under any Hazardous Materials Laws, (iii) Tenant shall comply and shall cause its employees, invitees, agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees and subtenants to comply with each of the foregoing and (iv) Landlord shall have the right, upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice (except that no notice shall be required in an emergency), to make such inspections (including testing) as Landlord shall elect from time to time to determine that Tenant is complying with the foregoing. 11.3 Not without prior consent of Landlord to permit the painting or placing of any signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like, each to the extent visible from outside the Premises. 11.4 To keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law or ordinance or any other regulation of any public authority because of any use made by Tenant other than normal office use, and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of any use made by Tenant other than normal office use, and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of such use and, if requested by Landlord, to do any work so required because of such use, it being understood that the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way Tenant's Permitted Use. 11.5 Not to place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding an average rate of 80 pounds of live load (including partitions) per square foot of floor area; and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in, about or out of the Premises except in such manner and at such time as Landlord shall in each instance as Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant's business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant's expense in settings sufficient to absorb and prevent vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the structure of the Buildings or to any other space in the Buildings. 11.6 To pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon personal property (including, without limitation, fixtures and equipment) in the Premises to whomever assessed; provided however, that Tenant shall have the right to contest any such tax prior to payment provided that Tenant indemnifies, defends and holds Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost or damage which Landlord may suffer as the result any deferral in payment by Tenant. 11.7 To pay, as Additional Rent, all reasonable costs, counsel and other fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement by Landlord of any obligations of Tenant under this Lease or in connection with any bankruptcy case involving Tenant. Tenant shall not be obligated to make any payment to Landlord of any attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord unless judgment is entered (final, and beyond appeal) in favor of Landlord in the lawsuit relating to such fees. Landlord -31- |
shall pay, upon demand by Tenant, all reasonable costs and attorneys' fees and other fees incurred by Tenant in connection with any lawsuit between Landlord and Tenant where judgment is entered (final, and beyond appeal) in favor of Tenant. 11.8 Not to knowingly do or knowingly permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or bring in anything or keep anything therein, which shall increase the rate of insurance on the Premises or on the Property above the standard rate applicable to premises being occupied for the use to which Tenant has agreed to devote the Premises provided that Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations or additions to the structure, roof, exterior and load bearing walls, foundation, structural floor slabs and other structural elements of the Buildings or other Improvements unless the same are required by such Insurance Requirements as a result of or in connection with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises beyond normal use of space of this kind; and Tenant further agrees that, in the event that Tenant shall do any of the foregoing, Tenant will promptly pay to Landlord, on demand, any such increase resulting therefrom, which shall be due and payable as Additional Rent hereunder. 11.9 To comply with all applicable Legal Requirements now or hereafter in force which shall impose a duty on Landlord or Tenant relating to or as a result of the use or occupancy of the Premises; provided however, that Tenant's failure to comply with any Legal Requirement shall not be considered to be a default of Tenant in its obligations under the Lease unless such non- compliance is material in nature. Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.9. |
11.10 To comply with all of the conditions of the Special Permit ("Special Permit") issued on June 15, 1999 to Wellsford/Whitehall Holdings, LLC in response to Application No. 99-2. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with: (i) those conditions of the Special Permit which relate to on-street parking, (ii) the implementation and funding of a shuttle service to the Property, and (iii) and the implementation and funding of a traffic demand management plan.
12.1 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, ------------------------ Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not, without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease and/or Tenant's interest in this Lease or sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses or the like) the whole or any part of the Premises. Any assignment, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, transfer or subletting not expressly permitted in or consented to by Landlord -32- |
under this Article XII shall be void, ab initio; shall be of no force and effect; and shall confer no rights on or in favor of third parties. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to seek specific performance of or other equitable relief with respect to the provisions hereof. 12.2 EXCEPTIONS FOR MERGERS AND AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS. Notwithstanding the ------------------------------------------------- foregoing provisions of Section 12.1 above and the provisions of Section 12.4 below (which shall not apply to the transactions described in this Section 12.2), but subject to the provisions of Sections 12.5 and 12.7: --- A. Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease to any corporation, limited liability partnership or limited liability company, or other entity into which Tenant may be converted or into which it may merge (each of which is referred to herein as a "Successor Entity"), provided that the Financial Test, as hereinafter defined, is satisfied, and provided that such Successor Entity executes and delivers to Landlord an agreement confirming that it has become the Tenant and is responsible for all of the obligations and liabilities of the Tenant under the Lease. For the purposes hereof, the "Financial Test" shall be satisfied if any of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the Successor Entity has a net worth (calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the end of the fiscal year of such Successor Entity which immediately precedes the date of transfer of at least Five Hundred Million ($500,000,000.00) Dollars, or (ii) the Successor Entity then has a Shadow Rating, as defined in Section 16.15, which is at least equal to the first Shadow Rating which is obtained by Tenant in accordance with Section 16.15, or (iii) the Successor Entity delivers to Landlord, at the time of such transfer, either an additional General Letter of Credit satisfying all of the conditions applicable to the original General Letter of Credit, as set forth in Section 16.26, or an amendment (in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord) to the existing General Letter of Credit ("Existing General Letter of Credit") then being held by Landlord, so that, in either case, the aggregate amount of the General Letter(s) of Credit then being held by Landlord shall be equal to the lesser of: (i) one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the amount of Annual Fixed Rent then payable by Tenant under this Lease, or (ii) the sum of one hundred (100%) percent of the Annual Fixed Rent then payable by Tenant under this Lease plus the amount of the Existing General Letter of Credit. B. Tenant shall have the right to assign its interest in this Lease and to sublease the Premises, or any portion thereof, to an Affiliated Entity, as hereinafter defined, and provided that prior to or simultaneously with any such: (i) assignment, such Affiliated Entity executes and delivers to Landlord an agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, whereby such Affiliated Entity assumes all of Tenant's obligations under the Lease, or (ii) sublease, such Affiliated Entity executes and delivers to Landlord an agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, whereby such Affiliated -33- |
Entity assumes the obligations of Tenant to the extent undertaken under the sublease. For the purposes hereof, an "Affiliated Entity" shall be defined as any entity which is controlled by, is under common control with, or which controls Tenant. For the purposes hereof, control shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty (50%) percent of the beneficial interest of the entity in question. If an Affiliated Entity to which this Lease is assigned or to which the Premises is sublet (in whole or in part) shall cease to be an Affiliated Entity, such cessation shall be considered an assignment or subletting requiring Landlord's consent in accordance with all of the provisions of this Article XII (including, without limitation, Landlord's Termination Right pursuant to Section 12.3). C. The parties expressly agree that a merger or consolidation whereby Tenant is the surviving corporation shall be permitted hereunder without satisfying any of the conditions set forth in Paragraph A of this Section 12.2 and without requiring Landlord's consent. D. No sublease or assignment under this Section 12.2 shall relieve Tenant of its obligations under the Lease. 12.3 EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN SUBLEASES ------------------------------- Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 12.1 above and the provisions of Section 12.4 below (which shall not apply to the transactions described in this Section 12.3), but subject to the --- provisions of Sections 12.5 and 12.7, Tenant shall have the right, upon prior written notice to Landlord, but without obtaining Landlord's consent, to enter into Permitted Subleases, as hereinafter defined. For the purposes hereof, a "Permitted Sublease" shall be defined as any sublease of any portion or portions of the Premises, provided that: (i) the aggregate amount of Rentable Floor Area subleased pursuant to such sublease does not exceed 20,000 square feet, and (ii) the aggregate amount of Rentable Floor Area subleased, at any point in time, pursuant to all Permitted Subleases which are then in effect does not exceed 100,000 square feet. 12.4 CONSENT OF LANDLORD. ------------------- A. With respect to any sublease or assignment where Landlord's consent is required, Landlord agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 12.4 and subject to Sections 12.5, 12.6, and 12.7, that it will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a proposed sublease or assignment. B. Without limiting the standard of reasonableness which is applicable to the granting of Landlord's consent under this Section 12.4, Landlord shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent to such a proposed assignment or subleasing if: -34- |
(1) with respect to an assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease, and with respect to a sublease of more than 100,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area, the proposed assignee or subtenant does not possess adequate financial capability to perform the obligations of Tenant, to the extent undertaken in the proposed sublease or assignment, as and when due or required, or (2) the assignee or subtenant proposes to use the Premises (or part thereof) for a purpose other than the purpose for which the Premises may be used as stated in Section 1.3 hereof, or (3) there shall be existing an Event of Default (defined in Section 15.1). C. If Landlord fails, within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt from Tenant of a Tenant Transfer Request, as hereinafter defined, to respond in writing to such Request (i.e. either by approving such Request or by disapproving such Request and advising Tenant of the basis of such disapproval), then such Request shall conclusively be deemed to have been approved by Landlord. For the purposes hereof, a "Tenant Transfer Request" shall be defined as a written request from Tenant to Landlord for Landlord's consent to a proposed sublease or assignment of Tenant's interest in the Lease which contains: (i) all information required pursuant to Section 12.5, and (ii) a written statement, specifically referring to this Paragraph C, to the effect that if Landlord fails to respond to such Request within ten (10) days of Landlord's receipt of such Request, Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have approved such Request. 12.5 TENANT'S NOTICE. Tenant shall give Landlord notice of any proposed --------------- sublease or assignment, and said notice shall specify the provisions of the proposed assignment or subletting, including (a) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, (b) if applicable, such information as to the proposed assignee's or proposed subtenant's net worth and financial capability and standing as may reasonably be required for Landlord to make the determination referred to in Section 12.4B(1) above (provided, however, that Landlord shall hold such information confidential having the right to release same to its officers, accountants, attorneys and mortgage lenders on a confidential basis), (c) all of the terms and provisions upon which the proposed assignment or subletting is to be made, (d) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to 12.4, all other information necessary to make the determination referred to in Section 12.4, and (e) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Sections 12.2 and 12.3 above, such information as may be reasonably required by Landlord to determine that such proposed assignment or subletting complies with the requirements of said Section 12.2 or Section 12.3, as the case may be. -35- |
12.6 PROFIT ON SUBLEASING; ASSIGNMENT; AND CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ---------------------------------------------------------------- LICENSES. -------- A. In the case of any assignment or subleasing as to which Landlord may consent (other than an assignment or subletting permitted under Section 12.2 hereof), Tenant's right to enter into such assignment or sublease shall be upon the express and further condition, covenant and agreement, and Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that, in addition to the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges to be paid pursuant to this Lease, fifty percent (50%) of the "Assignment/Sublease Profits" (hereinafter defined), if any shall be paid to Landlord. Any sublease, license, or other agreement entered into by Tenant permitting any third party to install antenna or other telecommunications devices on the property shall, for the purposes of this Section 12.6, be considered to be a sublease and Landlord shall be entitled to fifty percent (50%) of the "Assignment/Sublease Profits" from such transaction, except that: (i) Landlord shall not be entitled to any Assignment/Sublease Profits if the sole purpose of the installation of such antennas or equipment is to serve Tenant's business operations in connection with its permitted use at the Property, either within the Premises and elsewhere, and (ii) in determining the Assignment/Sublease Profits for any such transaction, no portion of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other charges under this Lease shall be allocated to the portion of the Premises used for the installation of such equipment. B. The "Assignment/Sublease Profits" shall be the excess, if any, of (a) the "Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues" as hereinafter defined over (b) the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges provided in this Lease (provided, however, that for the purpose of calculating the Assignment/Sublease Profits in the case of a sublease, appropriate proportions in the applicable Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges under this Lease shall be made based on the percentage of the Premises subleased and on the terms of the sublease). The "Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues" shall be the fixed rent, additional rent and all other charges and sums payable either initially or over the term of the sublease or assignment plus all other profits and increases to be derived by Tenant as a result of such subletting or assignment, less the reasonable costs of Tenant incurred in such subleasing or assignment (the definition of which shall include but not necessarily be limited to rent concessions, brokerage commissions and alteration allowances) amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment. C. All payments of the Assignment/Sublease Profits due Landlord shall be made within ten (10) days of receipt of same by Tenant. 12.7 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS. --------------------- A. It shall be a condition of the validity of any assignment or subletting of right under either Section 12.2 or Section 12.3 above, or consented to under -36- |
Section 12.4 above, that both Tenant and the assignee or sublessee agree directly with Landlord in a separate written instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord which contains terms and provisions reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, the agreement of the assignee to be bound by all the obligations of the Tenant hereunder and, with respect to any subletting, to the extent undertaken under the sublease, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and other amounts provided for under this Lease (but in the case of a subletting, such subtenant shall agree to be responsible only to the extent of its rental obligations under the sublease) including the provisions of Sections 12.1 through 12.7 hereof, but such assignment or subletting shall not relieve the Tenant named herein of any of the obligations of the Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable therefor and the liability of Tenant and such assignee (or subtenant, as the case may be) shall be joint and several. Further, and notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions hereof shall not constitute a recognition of the sublease or the subtenant thereunder, and at Landlord's option, upon the termination of the Lease, the sublease shall be terminated. B. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly for reasonable out of pocket legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any request by Tenant for consent to assignment or subletting. C. If this Lease is assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, Landlord may upon prior notice to Tenant, at any time and from time to time, collect Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and other charges from the assignee, sublessee or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or a waiver of the provisions of Sections 12.1 through 12.7 hereof, or the acceptance of the assignee, sublessee or occupant as a tenant or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained, the Tenant herein named to remain primarily liable under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no right to collect rent from sublessees and other occupants of the Premises, other than an assignee, unless there is an existing Event of Default under the Lease. D. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting under any of the provisions of Section 12.4 shall in no way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting. |
13.1 TENANT'S INDEMNITY. To the maximum extent this agreement may be made ------------------ effective according to law, and subject to Section 13.4, Tenant agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against all claims of whatever nature arising from or claimed to have arisen from: A. any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in any portion of the Premises after the Actual Substantial Completion Date for such portion of the Premises and until the end of the Lease Term and thereafter, provided that during any such period after the Lease Term Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof (except to the extent the same is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord's agents, contractors or employees); or B. any accident, injury or damage occurring: (i) on any portion of the Premises prior to the Actual Substantial Completion Date with respect to such portion of the Premises to the extent arising from Tenant's access to such portion of the Premises or (ii) in or about such portion of the Premises to the extent that such accident, injury or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Tenant or of Tenant's contractors, licensees, agents, servants, independent contractors or employees, provided however, that the provisions of this clause B shall not require Tenant to pay for the repair or restoration damage caused by a peril covered by property/casualty insurance which Landlord is required to carry pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, except to the extent of the lesser of: (i) $25,000.00 per occurrence, or (ii) the amount of the deductible under such insurance coverage. C. any losses, costs, or damages (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees) arising from the existence of Hazardous Materials which are introduced to the Property after the last Rent Commencement Date to occur, except to the extent that such Hazardous Materials are introduced to the Premises after such Rent Commencement Date by Landlord, Landlord's agents, employees or contractors, or another tenant of the Property; without limiting the foregoing, Tenant's obligations under this Paragraph C shall apply to any losses, costs, or damages arising from the breach by Tenant of its obligations under Section 11.2; or D. any claims resulting from a breach of Tenant's obligations under Section 9.4 of the Lease. -38- |
This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity against all reasonable costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. |
to the limitations on Landlord's liability set forth in this Lease, Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Tenant from and against any claim arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring on the Premises to the extent that such accident, injury or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord's employees, independent contractors or agents. Subject to the limitations on Landlord's liability set forth in this Lease, this indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity against all costs, expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. 13.2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. Tenant agrees to maintain in -------------------------------------- full force for the period of time Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees are in occupancy of any part of the Premises and from and after the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, throughout the Lease Term of this Lease, and thereafter, so long as Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises, a policy of commercial general liability or comprehensive general liability insurance written on an occurrence basis with a broad form comprehensive liability endorsement under which Landlord and Landlord's managing agent (and such other persons as are in privity of estate with Landlord and Landlord's managing agent as may be set out in notice from time to time) and Tenant are named as insureds, and under which the insurer agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord's managing agent, and those in privity of estate with Landlord and Landlord's managing agent, harmless from and against all cost, expense and/or liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages mentioned in Section 13.1, in the broadest form of such coverage from time to time available in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located. Each such policy shall be non-cancelable and non-amendable with respect to Landlord and Landlord's said designees without thirty (30) days' prior notice to Landlord, and a duplicate original or certificate thereof shall be delivered to Landlord. As of the Commencement Date hereof, the minimum limits of liability of such insurance shall be as specified in Section 1.3 and from time to time during the Lease Term for such higher limits, if any, as are carried customarily in the Market Area with respect to similar properties, provided however, that in no event shall such limits be increased more frequently than once every three (3) years. All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be maintained with responsible companies qualified to do business, and in good standing, in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and which have a rating of at least "A-" and are within a financial size category of not -39- |
less than "Class VIII" in the most current Best's Key Rating Guide or such similar rating as may be reasonably selected by Landlord if such Guide is no longer published. 13.3 TENANT'S PROPERTY INSURANCE. Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall maintain --------------------------- at all times during the Term of the Lease insurance against loss or damage covered by the so-called "all risk" type insurance coverage with respect to Tenant's fixtures, equipment, goods, wares and merchandise, tenant improvements made by or paid for by Tenant that are removable by Tenant at the end of the Term, and other property of Tenant (collectively "Tenant's Property"). Such insurance shall be in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of Tenant's Property. 13.4 NON-SUBROGATION. Any insurance carried by either party with respect to --------------- the Premises or property therein or occurrences thereon shall, if it can be so written without additional premium or with an additional premium which the other party agrees to pay, include a clause or endorsement denying to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to occurrence of injury or loss. Each party, notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by such insurance to the extent of the indemnification received thereunder. This waiver of rights by Tenant shall apply to, and be for the benefit of, Landlord's managing agent. 13.5 TENANT'S RISK. To the maximum extent that this agreement may be made ------------- effective according to law, Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises and to use such other portions of the Building or the Property as Tenant is herein given the right to use at Tenant's own risk; and Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss of or damage to fixtures or other personal property of Tenant, unless, subject to Section 13.4 hereof, such damage or loss is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord's agents, employees or contractors, in which case Landlord shall bear loss or damage only to "ordinary office property" (as hereinafter defined). For the purpose of this Section 13.5, "ordinary office property`" shall mean merchandise, furniture, and other tangible personal property of the kind and quantity which may customarily be expected to be found within comparable business offices in the Market Area, and excluding any unusually valuable or exotic works of art or other such property. 13.6 LANDLORD'S INSURANCE. Landlord shall carry at all times during the Term -------------------- of this Lease (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Buildings in an amount not less than $10,000,000.00 combined single limit per occurrence, (ii) insurance against loss or damage with respect to the Buildings and the other Improvements covered by the so-called "all risk" type insurance coverage in an amount equal to at least the full replacement cost of the Buildings and the other Improvements, including, without limitation, all Tenant -40- |
Improvement Work and other improvements made by Tenant in the Premises, (iii) Workers Compensation insurance with limits which satisfy statutory requirements for Coverage A and Employers' Liability insurance with a limit of not less than $500,000, (iv) automobile general liability insurance with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000, to the extent that the same is applicable, (v) umbrella liability insurance in amounts which Landlord carries for the balance of Landlord's portfolio of properties, and (vi) pollution liability insurance in amounts which Landlord carries for the balance of Landlord's portfolio of properties. Landlord may also maintain such other insurance as may from time to time be required by a mortgagee holding a mortgage lien on the Building, provided that such insurance is then typically carried for other similar buildings in the Market Area, as defined in Exhibit G. Further, Landlord shall also maintain such insurance against loss of Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for twelve months (or such longer period of time as Landlord's mortgagee may require) and such other risks and perils as Landlord deems proper, provided that such insurance is then typically carried for other similar buildings in the Market Area, as defined in Exhibit G. Any and all such insurance (i) may be maintained under a blanket policy affecting other properties of Landlord and/or its affiliated business organizations, (ii) may be written with deductibles as determined by Landlord (not to exceed $25,000.00) and (iii) the premiums for which shall included in Operating Expenses, subject to, and in accordance with, Section 6.2. ARTICLE XIV ----------- FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING ------------------------- 14.1 REPAIR OF DAMAGE CAUSED BY CASUALTY. If any portion of the Premises ----------------------------------- shall be damaged by fire or casualty, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Article XIV, proceed with diligence, subject to the then applicable statutes, building codes, zoning ordinances, and regulations of any governmental authority, and at the expense of Landlord to repair or cause to be repaired such damage. For the purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, the Premises, and Landlord's repair obligations shall include all portions of Landlord's Work. However, all repairs to and replacements of Tenant's trade fixtures, furniture and equipment shall be made by and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord shall, as soon as possible after it becomes aware of any such casualty (but, in any event, within sixty (60) days after it becomes aware of any such casualty), give written notice ("Landlord's Casualty Notice") of: (i) whether Landlord will be exercising any of its termination rights pursuant to Section 14.2, (ii) Landlord's reasonable estimate of how long it would take Landlord to repair the Premises, (iii) Landlord's reasonable estimate of the cost of restoration, and (iv) Landlord's reasonable estimate of the amount of insurance proceeds which will be available to Landlord for such restoration. If the Lease is not terminated by either party pursuant to any of the provisions of this Article XIV, Landlord shall commence such repair as soon as possible after Landlord gives Landlord's -41- |
Casualty Notice, taking into account the availability of insurance proceeds to Landlord. If the Premises or any part thereof shall have been rendered unfit for use and occupation hereunder by reason of such damage, there shall be no abatement of the Annual Fixed Rent and other charges except to the extent that Landlord receives rent interruption insurance proceeds as the result of untenantability arising from such damage, so long as Landlord complies with its obligation to obtain rent interruption insurance under clause (ii) of Section 13.6. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and Landlord's mortgagee in such manner as Landlord may reasonably request in assisting Landlord and Landlord's mortgagee in collecting insurance proceeds (including rent insurance proceeds) due in connection with any casualty affecting the Premises. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Landlord shall not be liable for delays in the making of any such repairs which are due to Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, (financial inability shall not be deemed to constitute causes beyond Landlord's reasonable control), nor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, shall Landlord be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting from delays in repairing such damage. Tenant shall have no interest in Landlord's insurance proceeds arising from any casualty. 14.2 LANDLORD'S TERMINATION RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF A CASUALTY --------------------------------------------------------- A. Termination Right Relating Based upon a Damaged Building. If (i) subject to Paragraph E of this Section 14.2, any Building is so damaged by fire or casualty (whether or not insured) during the last five years of the term of the Lease that the cost of restoration exceeds the applicable Maximum Restoration Cost, or (ii) any Building is damaged as the result of an uninsured casualty (i.e. any casualty for which Landlord is not required to carry insurance pursuant to Section 13.6) and, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the cost of restoration exceeds $1,000,000.00, or (iii) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, there will be insufficient proceeds available to Landlord to restore any Building and such insufficiency exceeds $1,000,000.00, then, and in any of such events, this Lease and the term hereof may be terminated with respect to the portion of the Premises which are located in such Building at the election of Landlord by a notice in writing of its election so to terminate which shall be given by Landlord to Tenant within sixty (60) days following such fire or casualty. If Landlord exercises such termination right, then the effective termination date shall be the date set forth in Landlord's termination notice which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the day on which such termination notice is received by Tenant. B. Termination Right Based upon Damage to Other Improvements. If (i) any Improvements other than a Building are so damaged by fire or casualty (whether or not insured) during the last five years of the term of the Lease that the cost of restoration exceeds the applicable Maximum Restoration Cost, or (ii) any Improvements other than a Building are damaged as the result of an uninsured casualty and, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the cost of restoration exceeds -42- |
$1,000,000.00 or (iii) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, there will be insufficient proceeds available to Landlord to restore any Improvements other than a Building and such insufficiency exceeds $1,000,000.00, then, and in any of such events, this Lease and the term hereof may be terminated at the election of Landlord by a notice in writing of its election so to terminate which shall be given by Landlord to Tenant within sixty (60) days following such fire or casualty. Such notice shall contain Landlord's reasonable estimate of the cost of restoration and the amount of insurance proceeds which Landlord estimates will be available to Landlord for such restoration. If Landlord exercises such termination right, then the effective termination date shall be the date set forth in Landlord's termination notice which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the day on which such termination notice is received by Tenant. C. Maximum Restoration Cost. For the purposes of this Section 14.2, the Maximum Restoration Cost shall be defined as a percentage of the full replacement cost of a Building or other Improvement, as the case may be, and shall be defined based upon the number of years left in the then current term of the Lease, as follows: Number of Years Remaining Maximum Restoration Cost in then Current Term of Lease (i.e. as a percentage of the full replacement cost of a Building or other Improvement) 4 or more years, but less than 5 years 50% 3 or more years, but less than 4 years 40% 2 or more years, but less than 3 years 30% 1 or more years, but less than 2 years 20% less than 1 year 10% |
D. Tenant's Right to Nullify Termination by Funding Restoration Cost.
If Landlord exercises its termination right pursuant to either clause
(ii) or (iii) of either Paragraph A or B above, Tenant may nullify such
exercise by giving written notice to Landlord, within thirty (30) days
after Tenant receives Landlord's termination notice, stating that Tenant
will fund the amount of insufficiency in insurance proceeds and by
delivering to Landlord, at the time that it gives such notice, either a
letter of credit in the amount of such insufficiency, as
estimated by Landlord in its termination notice, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, from a bank reasonable acceptable to Landlord, securing such obligation, or evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord, that Tenant has delivered to Landlord's first mortgagee the amount of such insufficiency, as estimated by Landlord in its termination notice, subject to an escrow agreement for the benefit of Landlord, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, whereby the funds held by the mortgagee shall be disbursed on a monthly basis for the purpose of paying for all costs incurred by Landlord in performing such restoration.
E. Tenant's Right to Nullify Termination by Exercising Remaining Extension Options. If Landlord exercises its termination right pursuant to clause (i) of either Paragraph A or B above, and if Tenant has any remaining options to extend the Term which have not lapsed unexercised, then Tenant may nullify the exercise of Landlord's termination right by giving Landlord written notice, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of Landlord's termination notice, irrevocably exercising its option to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) five (5) year Extended Term.
A. Termination Based Upon Estimated Restoration Period. If all or any portion of the Premises in any Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or casualty to the extent that the such portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable and the operation of Tenant's business in such Building in the normal course is materially adversely affected, and if the time period ("Estimated Building Restoration Period") set forth in Landlord's Casualty Notice shall exceed a period of one (1) year from the date that the repair and restoration work commences ("Outside Building Restoration Period") from the date of such casualty, Tenant may elect, by a notice sent within thirty (30) days after notice of such estimate is sent to Tenant, to terminate this Lease in respect of such Building. If such estimate shall fall within said one (1) year limit, Tenant shall have no such right to terminate and Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Article XIV, proceed with due diligence and promptness to reasonably complete the repairs or restoration within such one (1) year period, subject always to delays for by reason of Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, and the other limitations set forth in this Article XIV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty occurs during the last year of the term of the Lease, the Outside Building Restoration Period shall be one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the casualty.
B. Termination Based Upon Actual Restoration Period. If all or any portion of any Building is damaged by fire or casualty to such an extent so as to render such portion of the Building untenantable, and the operation of Tenant's business in such Building in the normal course is materially adversely affected and if Landlord shall fail to substantially complete the restoration work on or before the
date (the "Building Restoration Deadline Date") which is the later of: (1) the end of the Estimated Building Restoration Period or (2) seventeen (17) months after the date that such fire or casualty occurs (except that if the casualty occurs during the last year of the term of the Lease, said seventeen (17) month period shall be four (4) months, and except that, in the event that Landlord is prevented from completing such restoration by reason of Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, the Building Restoration Deadline Date shall be extended by a period of time which is the lesser of four (4) additional months or the length of time that Landlord is delayed in completing such repair work by Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5) for any reason other than Tenant's fault, Tenant may terminate this Lease in respect of such Building by giving Landlord written notice as follows:
(i) Said notice shall be given after the Building Restoration Deadline Date.
(ii) Said notice shall set forth an effective date which is not earlier than thirty (30) days after Landlord receives said notice.
(iii) If the restoration work is substantially complete within thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, said notice shall have no further force and effect.
(iv) If the restoration work is not substantially complete on or before the date thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, the Lease shall terminate as of said effective date.
C. Termination Based Upon Estimated Restoration Period with respect to Damage to Other Improvements. If any portion of the Improvements other than a Building are damaged or destroyed by fire or casualty to the extent that the operation of Tenant's business in the normal course in the Premises is materially adversely affected, and if the time period ("Estimated Other Improvements Restoration Period") set forth in Landlord's Casualty Notice shall exceed a period of one (1) year from the date that the repair and restoration work commences ("Outside Other Improvements Restoration Period") from the date of such casualty, Tenant may elect, by a notice sent within thirty (30) days after notice of such estimate is sent to Tenant, to terminate this Lease. If such estimate shall fall within said one (1) year limit, Tenant shall have no such right to terminate and Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Article XIV, proceed with due diligence and promptness to reasonably complete the repairs or restoration within such one (1) year period, subject always to delays for by reason of Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5, and the other limitations set forth in this Article XIV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty occurs during the last
year of the term of the Lease, the Outside Other Improvements Restoration Period shall be one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the casualty.
D. Termination Based Upon Actual Restoration Period with respect to Damage to Other Improvements. If any portion of the Improvements other than a Building are damaged by fire or casualty to the extent that the operation of Tenant's business in the Premises in the normal course is materially adversely affected, and if Landlord shall fail to substantially complete the restoration work on or before the date (the "Other Improvements Restoration Deadline Date") which is the later of: (1) the end of the Estimated Other Improvements Restoration Period or (2) seventeen (17) months after the date that such fire or casualty occurs (except that if the casualty occurs during the last year of the term of the Lease, said seventeen (17) month period shall be four (4) months, and except that, in the event that Landlord is prevented from completing such restoration by Landlord's Force Majeure, as defined in Section 7.5), the Other Improvements Restoration Deadline Date shall be extended by a period of time which is the lesser of four (4) additional months or the length of time that Landlord is delayed in completing such repair work by Landlord's Force Majeure) for any reason other than Tenant's fault, Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice as follows:
(i) Said notice shall be given after the Other Improvements Restoration Deadline Date.
(ii) Said notice shall set forth an effective date which is not earlier than thirty (30) days after Landlord receives said notice.
(iii) If the restoration work is substantially complete within thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, said notice shall have no further force and effect.
(iv) If the restoration work is not substantially complete on or before the date thirty (30) days (which thirty-(30)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delays caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractors) after Landlord receives such notice, the Lease shall terminate as of said effective date.
A. if the basis of the exercise by Tenant of its termination right pursuant to this Section 14.6 is a taking of loss of access, Landlord may nullify such termination by providing Tenant with substitute access which is reasonably acceptable to Tenant, within sixty (60) days following the receipt by Landlord of Tenant's termination notice, and
B. if the basis of the exercise by Tenant of its termination right pursuant to this Section 14.6 is a loss of parking spaces, Landlord may nullify such termination by providing Tenant with a number parking spaces within a reasonable distance of the Land (such distance to be subject to the approval of both Landlord and Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), so that the aggregate number of parking spaces available to Tenant (i.e. both on the Land and in such alternative location) is at least eighty-two (82%) percent of the number of parking spaces available to Tenant prior to such taking, within ninety (90) days following the receipt by Landlord of Tenant's termination notice.
sustained by the Premises and the means of access thereto, shall be abated until what remains of the Premises and the means of access thereto shall have been restored as fully as may be for permanent use and occupation by Tenant hereunder.
A. Except for any award specifically reimbursing Tenant for moving or relocation expenses, and except as set forth in Paragraph C of this Section 14.8, there are expressly reserved to Landlord all rights to compensation and damages created, accrued or accruing by reason of any such taking, appropriation or condemnation, in implementation and in confirmation of which Tenant does hereby acknowledge that Landlord shall be entitled to receive all such compensation and damages, grant to Landlord all and whatever rights (if any) Tenant may have to such compensation and damages, and agree to execute and deliver all and whatever further instruments of assignment as Landlord may from time to time request.
B. For the purposes of Paragraph C of this Section 14.8, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the reservation in Section 14.8, in the event of a permanent taking which results in the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to receive out of the Award Balance, the amount of Tenant's Improvements, provided, however, that if the sum of Tenant's Improvements and the Book Value of Landlord's Work exceeds Award Balance, then Tenant's Improvements and Premises Book Value shall then be proportionately reduced to an amount which, when added together, shall equal the Award Balance; and, in such event, Tenant shall be entitled to receive out of the Award Balance the amount of Tenant's Improvements as so reduced.
15.1 TENANT'S DEFAULT. This Lease and the term of this Lease are subject to ---------------- the limitation that Tenant shall be in default if, at any time during the Lease Term, any one or more of the following events (herein called an "Event of Default" a "default of Tenant" or similar reference) shall occur and not be cured prior to the expiration of the grace period (if any) herein provided, as follows: (a) Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the Annual Fixed Rent, or any Additional Rent or any other monetary amount due under this Lease on or before the date on which the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord thereof; or (b) Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any other requirement, term, covenant or condition of this Lease (not hereinabove in this Section 15.1 specifically referred to) on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or if said default shall reasonably require longer than thirty (30) days to cure, if Tenant shall fail to commence to cure said default within thirty (30) days after notice thereof and/or fail to continuously prosecute the curing of the same to completion with due diligence; or (c) The estate hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other process of law; or (d) Tenant shall make an assignment or trust mortgage arrangement, so- called, for the benefit of its creditors; or (e) Tenant shall judicially be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law; or (f) a receiver, guardian, conservator, trustee in involuntary bankruptcy or other similar officer is appointed to take charge of all or any substantial part of Tenant's property by a court of competent jurisdiction; or -49- |
(g) any petition shall be filed against Tenant in any court, whether or not pursuant to any statute of the United States or of any State, in any bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, extension, arrangement or insolvency proceeding, and such proceedings shall not be fully and finally dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the institution of the same; or (h) Tenant shall file any petition in any court, whether or not pursuant to any statute of the United States or any State, in any bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, extension, arrangement or insolvency proceeding. |
In addition or as an alternative to the giving of such notice of termination, Landlord or Landlord's agents or servants may, by any suitable action or proceeding at law, immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Premises and remove therefrom Tenant, its agents, employees, servants, licensees, and any subtenants and other persons, and all or any of its or their property therefrom, and repossess and enjoy the Premises, together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto; but, in any event under this Section 15.2, Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.
The words "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used throughout this Article XV are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.
installments of Annual Fixed Rent, all Additional Rent and other charges reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, or for a period less than the remainder of the Lease Term, or for the whole thereof, but, in the event the Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent and other charges received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all reasonable expenses incurred in good faith in reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, remodeling costs, brokerage fees and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith, in the following manner:
Amounts received by Landlord after reletting shall first be applied against such Landlord's expenses, until the same are recovered, and until such recovery, Tenant shall pay, as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, the amount which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease (Tenant's liability prior to any such reletting and such recovery not in any way to be diminished as a result of the fact that such reletting might be for a rent higher than the rent provided for in this Lease); when and if such expenses have been completely recovered, the amounts received from reletting by Landlord as have not previously been applied shall be credited against Tenant's obligations as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, and only the net amount thereof shall be payable by Tenant. Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit of any kind for any period after the date when the term of this Lease is scheduled to expire according to its terms.
If Landlord elects to recover damages from Tenant pursuant to this Section 15.3, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises after Tenant has vacated the entirety of the Premises in the event that the Lease is terminated based upon a default by Tenant hereunder. Marketing of Tenant's Premises in a manner similar to the manner in which Landlord, or affiliates of Landlord, market other similar premises within their control in the Greater Boston area shall be deemed to have satisfied Landlord's obligation to use "reasonable efforts." In no event shall Landlord be required to solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenants for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises including, without limitation, the undisputed legal right to re-let the Premises free of any claim of Tenant.
Landlord, as liquidated damages, in addition to any damages collected or due from Tenant from any period prior to such notice, either:
(i) such a sum as at the time of such notice represents the amount of the excess, if any, of (a) the discounted present value, at a discount rate equal to the Treasury bond rate ("Discount Rate") in effect at such time for bonds having a maturity date which is the same as the date that the Term of the Lease would have expired but for Tenant's default, of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which would have been payable by Tenant under this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term if the Lease terms had been fully complied with by Tenant, over and above (b) the discounted present value, at the Discount Rate, of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges that would be received by Landlord if the Premises were re- leased at the time of such notice for the remainder of the Lease Term at the fair market value (including provisions regarding periodic increases in Annual Fixed Rent if such are applicable) prevailing at the time of such notice; or
(ii) an amount equal to the sum of the Annual Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent payable for the twelve (12) months ending as of the effective termination date of this Lease plus the amount of Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of such election plus any and all expenses which the Landlord may have incurred for and with respect to the collection of any of such rent.
For the purposes of this Article, if Landlord elects to require Tenant to pay liquidated damages in accordance with this Section 15.4, the total rent shall be computed by assuming the Operating Expenses under Section 6.2 to be the same as were payable for the twelve (12) calendar months (or if less than twelve (12) calendar months have been elapsed since the date hereof, the partial year) immediately preceding such termination of re-entry.
Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceeds in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.
(y) If Landlord timely disputes Tenant's demand, then Tenant obtains an arbitration award against Landlord based upon such breach by Landlord, which award becomes final, and beyond appeal, and Landlord fails to pay Tenant the amount of such award within thirty (30) days after Tenant obtains such award,
then, subject to the last sentence of this Paragraph A, Tenant shall have the right to offset the amount of such sums demanded by Tenant, or awarded by Tenant in arbitration, as the case may be, together with accrued interest, as aforesaid, against the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder until offset in full. For the purposes of this Section 15.6, a "Landlord Default" shall be defined as any default by Landlord in its obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right, pursuant to this Paragraph A, to reduce any monthly installment of Base Rent by more than ten (10%) percent of the amount which would otherwise have been due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, unless the aggregate amount of such deductions over the remainder of the Lease Term (as it has been extended) will be insufficient to fully reimburse Tenant for the amount demanded by Tenant, or the amount awarded to Tenant in arbitration, as the case may be, in which event Tenant may effect such offset by making deductions from each monthly installment of Base Rent in equal monthly amounts over the balance of the remainder of the Lease Term.
(1) In the event of an emergency threatening life or property, or Tenant's interest in this Lease, three (3) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant of such default;
(2) In the event of any other Landlord Default, thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant of such Landlord Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord has commenced to cure such Landlord Default within said thirty (30) day period, and so long as Landlord thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended to such period of time as Landlord reasonably requires to cure such default.
hereunder. A waiver shall be enforceable against either party only if such waiver is made in writing by the waiving party. Further, no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's or Tenant's consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by the other. No payment by either party, or acceptance by either party, of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated otherwise than as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant. Further, the acceptance by Landlord of Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other charges paid by Tenant under this Lease shall not be or be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any default by Tenant, whether or not Landlord knows of such default, except for such defaults as to which such payment relates. 16.2 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. Except as expressly provided ----------------------------------------- in this Lease, the specific remedies to which either party may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress which either party may lawfully, pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, be entitled to seek in case of any breach or threatened breach of any provisions of this Lease. In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, either party shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to seek specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed as a confession of judgment by Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be. 16.3 QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord agrees that, upon Tenant's paying the Annual --------------- Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, and performing and observing the covenants, conditions and agreements hereof upon the part of Tenant to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of this Lease, without interruption or disturbance from Landlord, or anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord (other than Tenant itself), subject, however, to the terms of this Lease. This covenant shall be construed as running with the land to and against subsequent owners and successors in interest, and is not, nor shall it operate or be construed -55- |
as, a personal covenant of Landlord, except to the extent of the Landlord's interest in the Premises, and this covenant and any and all other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and upon such subsequent owners or successors in interest of Landlord's interest under this Lease, including ground or master lessees, to the extent of their respective interests, as and when they shall acquire same and then only for so long as they shall retain such interest. 16.4 SURRENDER. --------- (A) No act or thing done by Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises as an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to the delivery of keys to Landlord or its agents in its (or their) capacity as managing agent or for purpose of emergency access. In any event, however, the delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agents shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. (B) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition as required by Sections 8.1 and 9.5, first removing all goods and effects of Tenant and completing such other removals as may be permitted or required pursuant to Section 9.5. (C) All furniture, equipment and personal property which remains in the Buildings or elsewhere on the Premises after: (i) the expiration or prior termination of the term of this Lease, (ii) Tenant has vacated the Premises, and (iii) Landlord has given Tenant at least ten (10) days prior written notice that it intends to exercise its rights under this Paragraph C, shall be conclusively deemed to be abandoned and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit. If any part thereof shall be sold, then Landlord may receive the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage, any arrears of rent or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under this Lease and at law and in equity. 16.5 BROKERAGE. (A) Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt --------- with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.3 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to Tenant's dealings with brokers other than the broker designated in Section 1.3 hereof, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord's selection and save harmless and indemnify -56- |
Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. (B) Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.3 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against the Tenant relative to Landlord's dealings with brokers other than the broker designated in Section 1.3 hereof, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant's selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. (C) Landlord agrees that it shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.3 hereof, pursuant to a separate agreement. 16.6 INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS. If any term or provision of this ----------------------------------- Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. 16.7 PROVISIONS BINDING, ETC. The obligations of this Lease shall run with the ----------------------- land, and except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant and, if Tenant shall be an individual, upon and to his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition. The reference contained to successors and assigns of Tenant is not intended to constitute a consent to assignment by Tenant, but has reference only to those instances in which either Tenant has the right, pursuant to the provisions of Article XII hereof to assign its interest in the Lease, or in which Landlord may have later given consent to a particular assignment as required by the provisions of Article XII hereof. 16.8 RECORDING. Each of Landlord and Tenant agree not to record the within --------- Lease, but each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to execute a so-called Notice of Lease or short form lease in form recordable and complying with applicable law and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord's and Tenant's attorneys. In no event shall such document set forth the rent or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease; and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease. -57- |
16.9 NOTICES AND TIME FOR ACTION. Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice --------------------------- shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notices shall be in writing and shall be sent by hand, registered or certified mail, or overnight or other commercial courier, postage or delivery charges, as the case may be, prepaid as follows: If intended for Landlord, addressed to Landlord at the address set forth on the first page of this Lease (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Landlord by like notice), with a copy to Goulston & Storrs, 400 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Ma 02110, Attention: Raymond M. Kwasnick, Esq. If intended for Tenant, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth on the first page of this Lease except that from and after the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, the address of Tenant shall be the Premises (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice), Attention: to Mr. Joseph M. Joyce, Director of Real Estate, with a copy to Hutchins, Wheeler & Dittmar, 101 Federal Street, Boston, Ma, 02109 Attention: John Griffin, Esq. Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices shall be effective when received; provided, that (i) if receipt is refused, notice shall be effective upon the first occasion that such receipt is refused or (ii) if the notice is unable to be delivered due to a change of address of which no notice was given, notice shall be effective upon the date such delivery was attempted. Where provision is made for the attention of an individual or department, the notice shall be effective only if the wrapper in which such notice is sent is addressed to the attention of such individual or department. Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord's managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective. Time is of the essence with respect to any and all notices and periods for giving of notice or taking any action thereto under this Lease. |
Tenant. All negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings between Landlord and Tenant are incorporated herein and may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.
16.17 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED --------------------- 16.18 HOLDING OVER. Any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the ------------ term of this Lease shall be treated as a tenancy at sufferance and shall be on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, as far as applicable except that Tenant shall pay as a use and occupancy charge an amount equal to the Hold-Over Percentage, as hereinafter defined, of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant during the twelve month period immediately preceding the expiration of the term of the Lease, calculated (on a daily basis) for the period measured from the day on which Tenant's hold-over commences and terminating on the day on which Tenant vacates the Premises. The "Hold-Over Percentage" shall be defined as 100% with respect to the first sixty (60) days after termination of the Term, and 150% with respect to any period of hold-over after the first sixty (60) days of hold-over. In addition, if such holding-over continues for a period of in excess of sixty (60) days, Tenant shall save Landlord, its agents and employees harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant's hold-over in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of this Lease. Nothing in the foregoing nor any other term or provision of this Lease shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises or hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. 16.19 ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord, and its duly authorized representatives, ----------------- shall, upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency), have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times (except at any time in the case of emergency) for the purposes of inspecting the condition of same and making such repairs, alterations, additions or improvements thereto as may be necessary if Tenant fails to do so as required hereunder (but the Landlord shall have no duty whatsoever to make any such inspections, repairs, alterations, additions or improvements except as otherwise provided in Articles IV and VII), and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the twenty-four (24) months preceding expiration of the term of this Lease as it may have been extended and at any reasonable time during the Lease Term to show the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees or during the existence of any Event of Default. 16.20 TENANT'S PAYMENTS. Each and every payment and expenditure, other than ----------------- Annual Fixed Rent, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder, whether or not the provisions requiring payment of such amounts specifically so state, and shall be payable, unless otherwise provided in this Lease, within thirty (30) days after written demand by Landlord, and in the case of the non-payment of any such amount, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies, all the rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or by law in the case of non- payment of Annual Fixed Rent. Unless expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the performance and observance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and -61- |
conditions of this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense. In the event that Tenant shall seek Landlord's consent or approval under this Lease, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable costs and expenses, including legal and architectural costs and expenses, incurred by Landlord in processing such request, whether or not such consent or approval shall be given. 16.21 LATE PAYMENT. If Landlord shall not have received any payment or ------------ installment of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent on or before the date (the "Due Date") fifteen (15) days after the date on which the same first becomes payable under this Lease, the amount of such payment or installment shall bear interest from the Due Date through and including the date such payment or installment is received by Landlord, at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) the rate announced by Fleet Boston Financial, N.A. (or its successor) from time to time as its prime or base rate (or if such rate is no longer available, a comparable rate reasonably selected by Landlord), plus two percent (2%), or (ii) the maximum applicable legal rate, if any. Such interest shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. 16.22 COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each ------------ of which shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 16.23 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between ---------------- the parties hereto, Landlord's managing agent and their respective affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter, and there are no verbal or collateral understandings, agreements, representations or warranties not expressly set forth in this Lease. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant, unless reduced to writing and signed by the party or parties to be charged therewith. 16.24 LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. ----------------------------------- (A) Tenant shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlord's assets other than Landlord's interest in the Property and the uncollected rents, issues and profits therein, and, subject to the rights of any mortgagee of Landlord which is unrelated to Landlord, and of Landlord to use such proceeds or awards for reconstruction, the insurance proceeds and taking awards therefor, Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability of Landlord under this Lease, it being specifically agreed that neither Landlord, nor any successor holder of Landlord's interest hereunder, nor any beneficiary of any Trust of which any person from time to time holding Landlord's interest is Trustee, nor any such Trustee, nor any member, manager, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of Boston -62- |
Properties, L.P. nor Landlord's managing agent shall ever be personally liable for any such liability. This paragraph shall not limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord's successors-in-interest, or to take any other action which shall not involve the personal liability of Landlord, or of any successor holder of Landlord's interest hereunder, or of any beneficiary of any trust of which any person from time to time holding Landlord's interest is Trustee, or of any such Trustee, or of any manager, member, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of Landlord's managing agent, to respond in monetary damages from Landlord's assets other than Landlord's interest in the Property, as aforesaid. (B) In no event shall Landlord, Boston Properties, Inc., or Boston Properties Limited Partnership ever be liable for any indirect or consequential damages or loss of profits or the like. (C) Landlord agrees that notwithstanding any transfer of the Property, or Landlord's interest in the Property, prior to the occurrence of the last Rent Commencement Date, Boston Properties Limited Partnership shall, throughout the performance of the Landlord's Work, continue to have either a direct or indirect interest in the ownership of the Property, and Boston Properties Limited Partnership will have the authority to act on behalf of the Landlord entity in connection with all matters relating to the performance of Landlord's Work and the development of the Property. 16.25 NO PARTNERSHIP. The relationship of the parties hereto is that of -------------- landlord and tenant and no partnership, joint venture or participation is hereby created. 16.26 LETTERS OF CREDIT. ----------------- A. General Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Letter ------------------------- of Credit ("General Letter of Credit") in the amount of Eight Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,700,000.00) at the time that Tenant executes and delivers the Lease to Landlord. Landlord shall hold the General Letter of Credit throughout the Term of this Lease (including the Extended Terms, if exercised), unless sooner returned to Tenant as provided in this Section 16.26, as security for Tenant's obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent under this Lease all obligations on the part of Tenant to be performed under this Lease. The Letter of Credit shall be in the form of an unconditional irrevocable letter of credit (the "General Letter of Credit") drawn on a bank which is satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-1, which General Letter of Credit shall permit one or more draws thereunder to be made accompanied only by certification by Landlord that pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord is entitled to apply such General Letter of Credit and the proceeds thereof to the amount of any past due (i.e. after the giving of any applicable notice and the expiration of any applicable grace periods) Base Rent or Additional Rent and/or to any damages based upon the amount of Rent and -63- |
Additional Rent payable by Tenant if the Lease is terminated based upon an Event of Default by Tenant or based upon the rejection of the Lease by Tenant in bankruptcy or similar proceedings. The General Letter of Credit shall be for a term of no less than one (1) year and shall in either case be renewed by Tenant each year thereafter and each renewal shall be delivered to and received by Landlord not later than thirty (30) days before the expiration of the then current Letter of Credit (herein called a "Renewal Presentation Date"). The General Letter of Credit shall be uncollateralized (i.e. Tenant shall have no obligation to provide collateral to the issuing bank in order to induce the issuing bank to issue the General Letter of Credit). In the event of a failure to so deliver such renewal General Letter of Credit on or before the applicable Renewal Presentation Date, Landlord shall be entitled to present the then existing Letter of Credit for payment and to receive the proceeds thereof, which proceeds shall be held by Landlord as a cash security deposit, subject to the terms of this Section 16.26. While Landlord holds such cash security deposit Landlord shall hold such deposit in a separate interest bearing account. If Landlord exercises its right to draw on any General Letter of Credit pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence Landlord agrees that it will accept a substitute General Letter of Credit, in the amount of the proceeds drawn by Landlord, conforming to the requirements of this Section 16.26 in exchange for such proceeds. Landlord shall have the right from time to time without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to apply the proceeds of the General Letter of Credit, or any part thereof, to the amount of any past due (i.e. after the giving of any applicable notice and the expiration of any applicable grace periods) Base Rent or Additional Rent and/or to any damages based upon the amount of Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant if the Lease is terminated based upon an Event of Default by Tenant or based upon the rejection of the Lease by Tenant in bankruptcy or similar proceedings. In addition, in the event of a termination of the Lease based upon the default of Tenant under the Lease, or a rejection of the Lease pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit (from time to time, if necessary) to cover the full amount of damages based upon the amount of Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant. Any amounts so drawn shall, at Landlord's election, be applied first to any unpaid rent and other charges which were due prior to the filing of the petition for protection under the Federal Bankruptcy Code. If Landlord so applies all or any portion of the proceeds of the General Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within seven (7) days after notice from Landlord, deliver to Landlord a General Letter of Credit in the amount so drawn by Landlord, so that Landlord will again be holding the full amount of the General Letter of Credit then required to be provided by Tenant to Landlord. Provided that Tenant is not in default, beyond the expiration of applicable notice and grace periods, of its obligations under the Lease on each anniversary of the first Rent Commencement Date to occur, upon Tenant's request, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of interest which has accrued on such account to the date of request, and Landlord shall, within ten (10) days of its receipt of such request pay such interest to Tenant. Neither the holder of a mortgage nor the ground lessor under a ground lease on property which includes the Premises shall ever be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of the General Letter |
of Credit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless the General Letter of Credit shall have been received in hand by such holder or ground lessor.
Credit") drawn on a bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-2. The TI Letter of Credit shall be uncollateralized (i.e. Tenant shall have no obligation to provide collateral to the issuing bank in order to induce the issuing bank to issue the TI Letter of Credit). Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to pledge its interest in the TI Letter of Credit as security for any loan which Landlord may obtain in order to finance the Tenant Improvement Work. Neither the holder of a mortgage nor the ground lessor under a ground lease on property which includes the Premises shall never be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of the TI Letter of Credit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless the TI Letter of Credit shall have been received in hand by such holder or ground lessor.
E. In no event shall the proceeds of any Letter of Credit be deemed to be a prepayment of rent nor shall it be considered as a measure of liquidated damages.
A. Subject to Tenant's obtaining Landlord's prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and subject to Tenant obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant' own cost, to install Tenant identification on the Property. Landlord agrees that it shall, at Tenant's cost, cooperate with Tenant, in such manner as Tenant may reasonably request, in assisting Tenant with obtaining such governmental approvals and permits.
B. Tenant shall, at the expiration or prior termination of the Term, remove, at Tenant's cost, all signage installed by Tenant which is visible from the exterior of the Buildings.
of the Premises and is based upon aesthetic considerations, then Landlord's sole, but good faith bona fide, business judgment shall control.
A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive by written
notice to Tenant at any time, that: (i) there is no Event of Default in
Tenant's obligations under the Lease, both at the time that Landlord gives
the Offer to Purchase (defined herein) and as of the Closing Date (defined
herein), (ii) Tenant has not assigned its interest in this Lease to anyone
other an entity which is permitted to occupy the Premises pursuant to
Section 12.2, (iii) Tenant has not subleased more than twenty-five (25%)
percent of the Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings other than to those
entities which are permitted to occupy the Premises pursuant to Section
12.2, and (iv) this Lease is still in full force or effect, Tenant shall
have a one-time (except as set forth on Paragraph C of this Section 16.31)
right to purchase the Property during the Term, as follows. At the time,
if any, that Landlord receives an offer ("Third Party Offer") from a third
party ("Third Party") to sell the Property which Landlord, in Landlord's
sole discretion, is willing to accept from such Third Party, Landlord
shall give to Tenant a written offer to purchase the Property ("Offer to
Purchase"). The Offer to Purchase shall set forth the purchase price which
Landlord is willing, in Landlord's sole discretion, to accept, the closing
date (which shall be not earlier than 60 days after Landlord gives such
Offer to Purchase to Tenant), and such other terms as are set forth in the
Third Party Offer.
B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have no right to purchase the Property, nor shall Landlord be required to give an Offer to Purchase in connection with: (i) any transfer of beneficial interests in the Landlord entity, (ii) any transfer to an entity which is affiliated with Landlord or which is affiliated with one person or entity which has a beneficial interest in Landlord as of the Execution Date of this Lease, (iii) any transfer to any entity in connection with a merger into or acquisition of Boston Properties by a purchaser of Boston Properties Inc. or Boston Properties Limited Partnership, (iv) the granting of any mortgage affecting the Property, (v) any conveyance by reason of the foreclosure of any mortgage affecting the Property, or any deed in lieu of foreclosure, or (vi) a portfolio sale including the Property with one or more properties owned by Boston Properties Limited Partnership, Boston Properties, Inc. or an affiliate of either Boston Properties Limited Partnership or Boston Properties, Inc..
C. Tenant may exercise its right to purchase the Property by giving
written notice ("Exercise Notice") to Landlord on or before the date ten
(10) days after the Landlord gives the Offer to Purchase to Tenant and by
paying to Landlord a deposit ("Deposit") equal to ten (10%) percent of the
Purchase Price. If Tenant does not timely give the Exercise Notice, or if
Tenant does not timely pay the
Deposit, then Tenant shall have no right to purchase the Property pursuant to this Section 16.31, unless either: (i) Landlord is willing to accept a Purchase Price from the Third Party which is less than ninety (90%) percent of the Purchase Price set forth in the Offer to Purchase, or (ii) Landlord does not transfer the Property to the Third Party. If either of such events, Landlord shall give to Tenant a new Offer to Purchase prior to conveying its interest in the Property to any third party, and the provisions of this Section 16.31 shall apply to such new Offer to Purchase as if such Offer to Purchase were the first Offer to Purchase given by Landlord to Tenant. If Tenant timely gives the Exercise Notice, then Landlord shall sell the Property to Tenant, and Tenant shall purchase the Property from Landlord upon the following terms and conditions, to the extent not inconsistent with the Offer to Purchase:
to Tenant any portion of Landlord's insurance or taking proceeds which Landlord has not applied to the cost or repairing any damage to the Property caused by such casualty or taking). If Tenant cancels the exercise of its option to purchase the Property pursuant to this Subparagraph 3, then Tenant shall have no further right to purchase the Property pursuant to this Section 16.31, unless either: (i) Landlord is willing to accept a Purchase Price from the Third Party which is less than ninety (90%) percent of the Purchase Price set forth in the Offer to Purchase, or (ii) Landlord does not transfer the Property to the Third Party.
Landlord shall, on the Closing Date, deliver to Tenant the following:
(a) A quitclaim deed of the Property, executed on behalf of Landlord;
(b) An assignment and assumption Agreement with respect to its interest in the leases in effect in the Property executed on behalf of Landlord;
(c) A non-foreign persons affidavit, executed on behalf of Landlord;
(d) An affidavit or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Tenant's title insurance company to protect Tenant against mechanics liens and with respect to the rights of parties in possession other than the Tenant, and anyone claiming under the Tenant;
(e) A bill of sale with respect to all fixtures and equipment to be used in connection with the operation of the Property;
(f) IRS Form 1099-S;
(g) Evidence of the authority of the signatory on behalf of Landlord; and
(h) A statement from Landlord that all contracts with contractors supplying services to the Property on behalf of Landlord have either been terminated by Landlord or are terminable within one (1) year of the Closing Date.
Tenant shall, on the Closing Date, deliver to Landlord the following:
(a) The balance of the Purchase Price;
(b) An assignment and assumption agreement with respect to the leases then in effect in the Property;
(c) Evidence of the authority of the signatory on behalf of Tenant.
Taxes and water and sewer use charges with respect to the Property for the then current year shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the Closing Date. If the amount of said Taxes is not known at the Closing Date, they shall be apportioned on the basis of Taxes assessed for the preceding year, with a reapportionment as soon as the new tax rate and valuation can be ascertained; and if the Taxes which are to be apportioned shall thereafter be reduced by abatement, the amount of such abatement, less the reasonable cost of obtaining the same shall be apportioned between the parties, provided that neither party shall be obligated to institute or prosecute proceedings for an abatement unless otherwise agreed.
This Lease and the specific terms and provisions thereof may not be disclosed by either party to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party, except (i) to the extent required by judicial order or other governmental rules or regulations or (ii) in connection with a law suit or other legal proceeding between the parties or (iii) to their partners, attorneys, officers, directors, employees, consultants so long as each party informs such persons of its obligations hereunder and their obligations under securities laws with respect to disclosure or information and trading in the stock of Tenant and Landlord or its affiliates. Each party shall give the other reasonable notice of any event which may require public disclosure of any information made confidential hereby. Neither party shall make any public announcement or press release with respect to the transactions
contemplated hereby without obtaining the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts by persons or officers hereunto duly authorized on the Execution Date set forth above.
WITNESS: LANDLORD: Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership By: Boston Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation Its: General Partner By: /s/ James C. Rosenfeld ------------------------------- Name: James C. Rosenfeld ------------------------------- Its: Senior Vice President ------------------------------- Hereunto duly authorized WITNESS: TENANT: Parametric Technology Corporation By: /s/ Martha L. Durcan -------------------------- Name: Martha L. Durcan ------------------------------- Its: VP - Special Counsel ------------------------------- Hereunto duly authorized |
A certain parcel of land situate in Needham, in the County of Norfolk and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and being shown as lots number 3 and 4 [excepting fee in Southern Circumferential Highway (Route 128) no access and Kendrick Street] upon plan No. 29360A, which is filed in Norfolk Registry District with Certificate No. 67326, Book 337, the same being compiled from a plan drawn by Cheney Engineering Co., dated July 22, 1959, and additional data on file in the Land Registration Office, all as modified and approved by the Land Court.
Together with the right to use sewer and railroad easements and to connect with and use spur tracks, in common with others, as set forth in a deed from Vappi Development Company, Inc., to Georgia-Pacific Investment Company dated September 30, 1959, recorded in Book 3765, Page 122; as affected by Relocation of a Railroad Easement dated December 14, 1959, recorded in Book 3786, Page 430; and by Relocation of Railroad Easement dated January 31, 1961, filed as Document No. 225520.
Together with parking rights, in common with others entitled thereto, reserved in a deed dated January 1, 1973, filed as Document No. 339362.
EXHIBIT A-1 -- Page -1-
(Graphical Depiction of Plan - Omitted)
EXHIBIT A-2 -- Page -1-
EXHIBIT C
140 KENDRICK STREET, NEEDHAM, MASSACHUSETTS
LANDLORD'S SERVICES
I. CLEANING:
Cleaning and janitor services as provided below:
A. Office Areas:
Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted).
1. Empty all waste receptacles and ashtrays and remove waste material from the Premises; wash receptacles as necessary.
2. Sweep and dust mop all uncarpeted areas using a dust-treated mop.
3. Vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas and spot clean.
4. Hand dust and wipe clean with treated cloths all horizontal surfaces, including furniture, office equipment, window sills, door ledges, chair rails, and convector topes, within normal reach.
5. Wash clean all water fountains and sanitize.
6. Move and dust under all desk equipment and telephone and replace same (but not computer terminals, specialized equipment or other materials).
7. Wipe clean all chrome and other bright work.
8. Hand dust grill work within normal reach.
9. Main doors to Premises shall be locked and lights shut off upon completion of cleaning.
Weekly:
1. Dust coat racks and the like.
2. Spot clean entrance doors, light switches and doorways.
EXHIBIT C -- Page 1
Quarterly:
1. Render high dusting not reached in daily cleaning to include:
a) dusting all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings.
b) dusting of all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors and door frames, etc.
c) dusting all pipes, ducts and moldings.
d) dusting of all vertical blinds.
e) dust all ventilating, air conditioning, louvers and grills.
2. Spray buff all resilient floors.
B. LAVATORIES:
Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted).
1. Sweep and damp mop.
2. Clean all mirrors, powder shelves, dispensers and receptacles, bright work, flushometers, piping and toilet seat hinges.
3. Wash both sides of all toilet seats.
4. Wash all basins, bowls and urinals.
5. Dust and clean all powder room fixtures.
6. Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.
7. Remove waste paper and refuse.
8. Refill tissue holders, soap dispensers, towel dispensers, sanitary dispensers; materials to be furnished by Landlord.
Monthly:
EXHIBIT C -- Page 2
1. Machine scrub lavatory floors.
2. Wash all partitions and tile walls in lavatories.
3. Dust all lighting fixtures and grills in lavatories.
C. MAIN LOBBIES, ELEVATORS, STAIRWELLS AND COMMONCORRIDORS:
Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted)
1. Sweep and damp mop all floors, empty and clean waste receptacles, dispose of waste.
2. Clean elevators, wash or vacuum floors, wipe down walls and doors.
3. Spot clean any metal work inside lobbies.
4. Spot clean any metal work surrounding building entrance doors.
5. Sweep all stairwells and dust handrails.
Monthly:
1. All resilient tile floors in public areas to be spray buffed.
D. WINDOW CLEANING:
All exterior windows shall be washed on the inside and outside surfaces no less than three (3) times per year.
See attached Matrix for further cleaning Shedule.
II. HVAC:
A. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment will be provided with sufficient capacity to accommodate a maximum population density of one (1) person per one hundred fifty (150) square feet of useable floor area served, and a combined lighting and standard electrical load of 6.5 watts per square foot of useable floor area (i.e., 1.5 watts for lighting and 5.0 watts for power). In the event Tenant introduces into the Premises personnel or equipment which overloads the system's ability to adequately perform its proper
EXHIBIT C -- Page 3
functions, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and supplementary system(s) may be required and installed by Landlord at Tenant's expense, if within fifteen (15) days Tenant has not modified its use so as not to cause such overload.
Operating criteria of the basic system shall be as follows:
i) Cooling season indoor conditions of not in excess of 75 degrees Fahrenheit when outdoor conditions are 91 degrees Fahrenheit drybulb and 73 degrees Fahrenheit wetbulb.
ii) Heating season minimum room temperature of 74 degrees Fahrenheit when outdoor conditions are 6 degrees Fahrenheit drybulb.
B. Landlord shall provide heating, ventilating and air conditioning as normal seasonal changes may require during Normal Building Operating Hours (7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, legal holidays in all cases excepted).
If Tenant shall require air conditioning (during the air conditioning season) or heating or ventilating during any season outside Normal Building Operating Hours, Landlord shall use Landlord's best efforts to furnish such services for the area or areas specified by written request of Tenant delivered to the Building Superintendent or the Landlord before 3:00 p.m. of the business day preceding the extra usage. For such services, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon receipt of billing, a sum equal to the cost incurred by Landlord plus the cost of make-up water and chemicals during the cooling season.
III. ELECTRICAL SERVICES:
A. Landlord shall provide electric power for a combined load of 6.5 watts per square foot of usable area for lighting and for office machines through standard receptacles for the typical office space (i.e., 1.5 watts for lighting and 5.0 watts for power).
B. Landlord, at its option, may require separate metering and direct billing to Tenant for the electric power required for any special equipment (such as computer and reproduction equipment) that requires either 3-phase electric power or any voltage other than 120, or for any other usage in excess of 3.0 watts per square foot.
EXHIBIT C --Page 4
C. Landlord will furnish and install, at Tenant's expense, all replacement lighting tubes, lamps and ballasts required by Tenant. Landlord will clean lighting fixtures on a regularly scheduled basis at Tenant's expense.
IV. ELEVATORS:
Provide passenger elevator service.
V. WATER:
Provide hot water for lavatory purposes and cold water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.
VI. CARD ACCESS SYSTEM:
Landlord will provide a card access system at one entrance to each Building. Except for such card access system, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide security services to the Property.
VII. SNOW REMOVAL:
1 The contractor shall provide labor and materials to stake all areas deemed necessary by Management to ensure for proper plowing and sanding of the complex.
2. All lots and raodways are to be clear of snow/ice by 6:30 a.m. and maintained throughout the day as necessary.
3. The contractor shall begin plowing at one inch (1") of snow, being sure that the complex's entrance, its roadway, the parking area and garage roof, in that specific order are addressed.
4. The contractor shall insure that the snow, when plowed, will not impede the walkways around the building.
5. The contractor shall sand before or during - at management's request- icing conditions, be it snow, ice storm, or thaw-and-frees conditions. Only sand may be used unless it determined that we have emergency conditions.
6. The contractor shall monitor weather conditions and provide for the necessary services (plowing or sanding) to ensure the complex is properly prepared at all times. The contractor may be apprised of the conditions by contacting security.
EXHIBIT C -- Page 5
7. The contractor shall make available a supervisor to meet with management to discuss any problems that may occur/exist.
8. The contractor shall report any and all accidents to management as soon as possible.
9. The contractor shall and will be responsible for all damage done to any tenant's vehicle or property as a result of snow removal and sanding activities under the contractor's responsibility.
10. The contractor shall be required to maintain all equipment.
A. Spring Clean Up
1. Remove damaged and inappropriately growing branches from any trees.
2. Clean up beds of all winter debris and weeds and install bark mulch (state quantity).
3. Prune all appropriate bushes to remove winter damage.
4. Apply pre emergent weed control.
5. Apply fertilizer to trees.
6. Rake all areas to remove accumulated debris and weeds.
7. Reseed grass areas where necessary.
8. Irrigation start-up and shut-down.
9. Edge all beds.
10. Mechanically sweep all roads and parking areas.
11. Dispose of all sand off-site.
B. Annual Maintenance
EXHIBIT C -- Page 6
1. Weekly moving of lawn area.
2. Weekly cleaning and weeding of bed areas.
3. Spring flower installation (state types of flowers and quantities).
4. Summer flower installation (state types of flowers and quantities.)
5. Fall flower installation (state types of flowers and quantities).
6. MDC trail surrounding the Lake will receive thorough clean- up, including cleaning the trail of debris, raking and trimming bushes to keep park are clear.
C. Plant Healthcare
1. Application of dormant oil to trees and shrubs.
2. Follow-up application of insecticidal soap.
3. Spring application of fertilizer to trees and shrubs.
4. Fall application of fertilizer to trees and shrubs.
D. Lawn Maintenance
1. Mow and trim all lawns on a weekly basis beginning with the last week of April to the first week of May continuing through October.
2. All clippings to be removed from site.
3. All walkways and roadways will be wind swept of all lawn clippings.
4. Spring application: Apply balanced fertilizer with pre- emergent crab grass control.
5. Late Spring, Early Summer Application: Apply balanced fertilizer with insect control, apply broadleaf weed control, and spot application as needed.
6. Late Summer, Early Fall Application: Apply balanced
EXHIBIT C -- Page 7
slow release fertilizer, apply broadleaf weed control, and spot application as needed.
7. Fall Dormant Feeding: Apply heavy rate of fertilizer.
8. Apply Limestone in late fall.
9. Additional applications for the insect or disease problems will be diagnosed and corrected.
E. Tree and Shrub Care
1. Apply granulars slow release fertilizer to all shrubs and ground cover.
2. Deep root feed all deciduous trees during the late fall.
3. Apply anti-deiccant to evergreens, azaleas and rhododendrons to protect shrubs from winter kill and wind burn.
F. Tree and Shrub Pruning
1 Trim and prune all deciduous shrubs twice yearly, one in early spring to remove winter kill and dead/dying branches, once in June/July.
2. Prune all evergreen shrubs twice yearly; one in spring to remove winter kill and dead/dying branches, and once in June to remove new growth to maintain the natural character of the plant.
3. Lightly prune and shape all trees up to 18 feet.
G. Fall Clean-Up
1. In October through November as weather permits, rake vacuum and remove leaves throughout complex. All material to be disposed of off-site.
2. Apply anti-desiccant to shrubs.
EXHIBIT C -- Page 8
H. Weed Control
1. Weed plant beds as necessary on a weekly basis.
2. Apply liquid weed control to curb lines and hardscape paved surfaces.
I. Irrigation Maintenance (Start-Up and Shut-Off)
1. Turn on water source.
2. Program control clock.
3. Start up system, test all zones.
4. Shut off water source.
5. Turn off controller and unplug.
6. Blow out lines and valves.
IX. VENDOR CONTRACTS
Landlord will competitively bid all services to reputable contractors. These contracts will be reviewed yearly for both price and services. All contracts shall have 'for cause' terminations with manageable time frames to discontinue service.
EXHIBIT C -- Page 9
(Graphical Depiction of Plan - Omitted)
EXHIBIT D -- Page 1
THIS AGREEMENT made this _______ day of _____________, 199__, by and between _____________ LLC, but not individually (hereinafter "Landlord") and Parametric Technology Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter "Tenant").
1. This Agreement is made pursuant to Section 3.1 of that certain Lease dated _____________, ___, 19 ___ between Landlord and Tenant.
2. It is hereby stipulated that the Lease Term commenced on __________ ____, 1999 (being the "Commencement Date" under the Lease); the Rent Commencement Date with respect to Building __ occurred on _________ ; and the Expiration Date of the Lease Term shall occur on __________, 20__, unless sooner extended or terminated, as provided for in the Lease.
WITNESS the execution hereof under seal by persons hereunto duly authorized, the date first above written.
LANDLORD:
Boston Properties Limited Partnership,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: Boston Properties, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
Its: General Partner
TENANT:
Parametric Technology Corporation
By: ________________________
Name: ________________________
Its: ________________________
Hereunto duly authorized
EXHIBIT E -- Page 1
EXHIBIT F -- Page 1
Definition of Prevailing Fair Market Rent:
"Prevailing Fair Market Rent" shall be defined as of the date in question as the rent for the Premises in its "as-is" condition to third parties who are not then occupying the Premises, When making such determination, reference is made to lease transactions for comparable space in comparable buildings in the Route 128 area from Needham to Waltham ("Market Area"). Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the rental rates for such transactions to take into account all relevant factors, including without limitation, any economic concessions then being granted by landlords to tenants.
Notwithstanding any implication to the contrary in the Lease contained, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any additional payment to Tenant in respect of any construction allowance or the like or to perform any work to the Premises as a result of the exercise by Tenant of any extension option under the Lease; however, if Landlord does not elect to provide such allowance or to perform any work, the Prevailing Fair Market Rent shall nevertheless, as provided above, take into account whether construction allowances are granted by landlords and whether work is being performed by landlords for the benefit of tenants.
Broker Determination Process:
Where in the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached provision is made for a Broker Determination of Prevailing Fair Market Rent, the following procedures and requirements shall apply:
EXHIBIT G -- Page 1
give written notice to the Requesting Party of the Responding Party's selection of a broker having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above.
EXHIBIT G -- Page 2
continues to act or by the Landlord or Tenant such vacancy may be filled by the said Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc., and any broker so appointed to fill such vacancy shall have the same standing and powers as though originally appointed.
EXHIBIT G --Page 3
EXHIBIT H-1 ----------- FORM OF GENERAL --------------- LETTER OF CREDIT ---------------- BENEFICIARY: ISSUANCE DATE: ________________, 199__ [Landlord's Name] c/o ______________________ IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. ACCOUNTEE/APPLICANT: MAXIMUM/AGGREGATE CREDIT AMOUNT:______ _________________ USD ______________ [TENANT NAME] |
GENTLEMEN:
We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit in your favor for account of the applicant up to an aggregate amount not to exceed ____________________ US Dollars ($___________) available by your draft(s) drawn on ourselves at sight accompanied by:
Your statement, signed by a purportedly authorized officer/official certifying that the Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon this Letter of Credit (in the amount of the draft submitted herewith) pursuant to the Lease (the "Lease") dated _____________________ by and between Boston Properties Limited Partnership, as Landlord, and Parametric Technology Corporation, as Tenant.
Draft(s) must indicate name and issuing bank and credit number and must be presented at this office.
You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit, from time to time.
Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the "Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500 (1993 Revision)".
This Letter of Credit shall expire at our office on ______________, 200_
(the "Stated Expiration Date"). It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that
the Stated
EXHIBIT H-1 -- Page 1
Expiration Date shall be deemed automatically extended without amendment for successive one (1) year periods from such Stated Expiration Date, unless at least forty-five (45) days prior to such Stated Expiration Date (or any anniversary thereof) we shall notify you and the Accountee/Applicant in writing by registered mail (return receipt) that we elect not to consider this Letter of Credit extended for any such additional one (1) year period.
EXHIBIT H-1 -- Page 2
EXHIBIT H-2 ----------- FORM OF TI LETTER OF CREDIT --------------------------- BENEFICIARY: ISSUANCE DATE: ________________, 199__ [Landlord's Name] c/o _____________________ IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. ACCOUNTEE/APPLICANT: MAXIMUM/AGGREGATE CREDIT AMOUNT:______ _________________ USD ______________ [TENANT NAME] |
GENTLEMEN:
We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit in your favor for account of the applicant up to an aggregate amount not to exceed ____________________ US Dollars ($___________) available by your draft(s) drawn on ourselves at sight accompanied by:
Your statement, signed by a purportedly authorized officer/official certifying that the Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon this Letter of Credit (in the amount of the draft submitted herewith) pursuant to the Lease (the "Lease") dated _________________ by and between Boston Properties Limited Partnership, as Landlord, and Parametric Technology Corporation, as Tenant.
Draft(s) must indicate name and issuing bank and credit number and must be presented at this office.
You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit, from time to time.
Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the "Uniform Customs and practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500 (1993 Revision)".
This Letter of Credit shall expire at our office on ________________, 200_ (the "Stated Expiration Date").
EXHIBIT H-2 --Page 1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF PARAMETRIC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
Name Place of Incorporation ---- ---------------------- Division Inc. California InPart Design, Inc. California auxilium inc. Delaware Computervision Corporation Delaware CV Finance Holding, Inc. Delaware CV International Holding, Inc. Delaware ICEM Technologies, Inc. Delaware Parametric Holdings Inc. Delaware Parametric International, Inc. Delaware Parametric Technology International, Inc. Delaware Windchill Technology, Inc. Delaware Computervision Securities Corporation Massachusetts Parametric Securities Corporation Massachusetts PTC International, Inc. Massachusetts Computervision Australian Operations Pty Limited Australia Parametric Technology Australia Pty Limited Australia Parametric Technology Gesellschaft m.b.H. Austria Parametric Foreign Sales Corporation Barbados Parametric Technology (Belgium) b.v.b.a. Belgium Computervision (Bermuda) Limited Bermuda Parametric Technology Brasil Ltda. Brazil Computervision (Canada) Inc. Canada Parametric Technology (Canada) Ltd. Canada Parametric Technology (C.R.) s.r.o. Czech Republic Computervision Denmark A/S Denmark Parametric Technology (Denmark) A/S Denmark Parametric Technology (Finland) Oy Finland Division S.A.R.L. France Parametric Technology S.A. France ICEM Holdings GmbH Germany ICEM Technologies GmbH Germany Parametric Technology GmbH Germany Computervision Asia Ltd. Hong Kong Computervision Service Ltd. Hong Kong Parametric Technology (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong Computervision Research & Development (India) Limited India Computervision Software Products (India) Private Limited India Parametric Technology (India) Private Limited India Parametric Technology (Republic of Ireland) Limited Ireland PT Republic of Ireland Services Limited Ireland Parametric Technology Israel Ltd. Israel Computervision S.p.A. Italy Division Italia S.r.l. Italy Parametric Technology Italia S.r.l. Italy Nihon Computervision Corporation Japan Nihon Parametric Technology K.K. Japan Parametric Korea Co., Ltd. Korea |
Name Place of Incorporation ---- ---------------------- CV Holding (Mauritius) Ltd. Mauritius Parametric Technology Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico Parametric Technology New Zealand Limited New Zealand Parametric Technology Norway AS Norway Parametric Technology Poland Sp. z.o.o. Poland Parametric Technology Portugal-Computadores, Lda. Portugal Computervision TOO Russia Computervision Asia Pte Ltd Singapore Parametric Technology Singapore Pte Ltd Singapore Parametric Technology (Slovakia) s.r.o. Slovak Republic Parametric Technology South Africa (Proprietary) Limited South Africa Parametric Technology Espana, S.A. Spain PTC Sweden AB Sweden Parametric Technology (Schweiz) AG Switzerland Parametric Technology (Taiwan) Limited Taiwan Computervision B.V. The Netherlands Computervision Finance B.V. The Netherlands Computervision International Distribution B.V. The Netherlands Extended Vision Logistics International B.V. The Netherlands Parametric Technology Europe B.V. The Netherlands Parametric Technology Nederland B.V. The Netherlands 3rd Angle Limited United Kingdom Computervision Limited United Kingdom Computervision Pensions Limited United Kingdom Division Group Limited United Kingdom Division Limited United Kingdom ICEM Systems (UK) Limited United Kingdom Parametric Technology (UK) Limited United Kingdom Parametric Holdings (UK) Limited United Kingdom Rasna UK Limited United Kingdom |
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-30514, 333-30516, 333-93729, 333-01297, 333-01299, 33-52044, 33-89528, 33-61485, 333-38629, 333-28495, 333-22169, 333- 44701, 333-56287, 333-70227, 333-72783 and 333-76027) of Parametric Technology Corporation of our report dated October 16, 2000, except for Note I, as to which the date is November 17, 2000, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Boston, Massachusetts December 22, 2000 |
ARTICLE 5 |
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2000, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. |
MULTIPLIER: 1,000 |
PERIOD TYPE | 12 MOS |
FISCAL YEAR END | SEP 30 2000 |
PERIOD START | OCT 01 1999 |
PERIOD END | SEP 30 2000 |
CASH | 325,872 |
SECURITIES | 22,969 |
RECEIVABLES | 190,074 |
ALLOWANCES | 6,270 |
INVENTORY | 0 |
CURRENT ASSETS | 628,433 |
PP&E | 161,242 |
DEPRECIATION | 94,363 |
TOTAL ASSETS | 924,883 |
CURRENT LIABILITIES | 362,352 |
BONDS | 0 |
PREFERRED MANDATORY | 0 |
PREFERRED | 0 |
COMMON | 2,761 |
OTHER SE | 525,781 |
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY | 924,883 |
SALES | 378,618 |
TOTAL REVENUES | 928,414 |
CGS | 16,718 |
TOTAL COSTS | 244,984 |
OTHER EXPENSES | 691,657 |
LOSS PROVISION | 0 |
INTEREST EXPENSE | 367 |
INCOME PRETAX | (5,067) |
INCOME TAX | (1,087) |
INCOME CONTINUING | (3,980) |
DISCONTINUED | 0 |
EXTRAORDINARY | 0 |
CHANGES | 0 |
NET INCOME | (3,980) |
EPS BASIC | (0.01) |
EPS DILUTED | (0.01) |